Browse Source

drop old mconf implementation

Phil Sutter 14 years ago
parent
commit
f03bc89749
24 changed files with 0 additions and 11128 deletions
  1. 0 377
      config/checklist.c
  2. 0 161
      config/colors.h
  3. 0 601
      config/conf.c
  4. 0 449
      config/confdata.c
  5. 0 196
      config/dialog.h
  6. 0 1089
      config/expr.c
  7. 0 194
      config/expr.h
  8. 0 848
      config/glob.c
  9. 0 100
      config/glob.h
  10. 0 240
      config/inputbox.c
  11. 0 1
      config/lex.backup
  12. 0 113
      config/lkc.h
  13. 0 39
      config/lkc_proto.h
  14. 0 717
      config/mconf.c
  15. 0 436
      config/menu.c
  16. 0 438
      config/menubox.c
  17. 0 85
      config/msgbox.c
  18. 0 782
      config/symbol.c
  19. 0 556
      config/textbox.c
  20. 0 375
      config/util.c
  21. 0 118
      config/yesno.c
  22. 0 387
      config/zconf.l
  23. 0 2133
      config/zconf.output
  24. 0 693
      config/zconf.y

+ 0 - 377
config/checklist.c

@@ -1,377 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  checklist.c -- implements the checklist box
- *
- *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *     Stuart Herbert - S.Herbert@sheffield.ac.uk: radiolist extension
- *     Alessandro Rubini - rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it: merged the two
- *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-static int list_width, check_x, item_x, checkflag;
-
-/*
- * Print list item
- */
-static void
-print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int status,
-	    int choice, int selected)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
-    wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
-    wmove (win, choice, 0);
-    for (i = 0; i < list_width; i++)
-	waddch (win, ' ');
-
-    wmove (win, choice, check_x);
-    wattrset (win, selected ? check_selected_attr : check_attr);
-    if (checkflag == FLAG_CHECK)
-	wprintw (win, "[%c]", status ? 'X' : ' ');
-    else
-	wprintw (win, "(%c)", status ? 'X' : ' ');
-
-#if 0
-    wattrset (win, selected ? tag_selected_attr : tag_attr);
-    mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x, item[0]);
-    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
-    waddstr (win, (char *)item+1);
-#else
-    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
-    waddstr (win, item);
-#endif
-    if (selected) {
-    	wmove (win, choice, check_x+1);
-    	wrefresh (win);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Print the scroll indicators.
- */
-static void
-print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int choice, int item_no, int scroll,
-		int y, int x, int height)
-{
-    wmove(win, y, x);
-
-    if (scroll > 0) {
-	wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
-	waddstr (win, "(-)");
-    }
-    else {
-	wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-    }
-
-   y = y + height + 1;
-   wmove(win, y, x);
-
-   if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + choice < item_no - 1)) {
-	wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
-	waddstr (win, "(+)");
-    }
-    else {
-	wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-   }
-}
-
-/*
- *  Display the termination buttons
- */
-static void
-print_buttons( WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
-{
-    int x = width / 2 - 11;
-    int y = height - 2;
-
-    print_button (dialog, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
-    print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected == 1);
-
-    wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 14*selected);
-    wrefresh (dialog);
-}
-
-/*
- * Display a dialog box with a list of options that can be turned on or off
- * The `flag' parameter is used to select between radiolist and checklist.
- */
-int
-dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
-	int list_height, int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items,
-	int flag)
-
-{
-    int i, x, y, box_x, box_y;
-    int key = 0, button = 0, choice = 0, scroll = 0, max_choice, *status;
-    WINDOW *dialog, *list;
-
-    checkflag = flag;
-
-    /* Allocate space for storing item on/off status */
-    if ((status = malloc (sizeof (int) * item_no)) == NULL) {
-	endwin ();
-	fprintf (stderr,
-		 "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_checklist().\n");
-	exit (-1);
-    }
-
-    /* Initializes status */
-    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
-	status[i] = (items[i]->selected == 1); /* ON */
-	if ((!choice && status[i]) || items[i]->selected == 2) /* SELECTED */
-            choice = i + 1;
-    }
-    if (choice)
-	    choice--;
-
-    max_choice = MIN (list_height, item_no);
-
-    /* center dialog box on screen */
-    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
-    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
-
-    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
-
-    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
-    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
-
-    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
-    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
-    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
-    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
-	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
-
-    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
-	/* truncate long title -- mec */
-	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
-	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
-	title2[width-2] = '\0';
-	title = title2;
-    }
-
-    if (title != NULL) {
-	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
-	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
-	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
-	waddch (dialog, ' ');
-    }
-
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
-
-    list_width = width - 6;
-    box_y = height - list_height - 5;
-    box_x = (width - list_width) / 2 - 1;
-
-    /* create new window for the list */
-    list = subwin (dialog, list_height, list_width, y+box_y+1, x+box_x+1);
-
-    keypad (list, TRUE);
-
-    /* draw a box around the list items */
-    draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, list_height + 2, list_width + 2,
-	      menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
-
-    /* Find length of longest item in order to center checklist */
-    check_x = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
-	check_x = MAX (check_x, + strlen (items[i]->name) + 4);
-
-    check_x = (list_width - check_x) / 2;
-    item_x = check_x + 4;
-
-    if (choice >= list_height) {
-	scroll = choice - list_height + 1;
-	choice -= scroll;
-    }
-
-    /* Print the list */
-    for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
-	print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name,
-		    status[i+scroll], i, i == choice);
-    }
-
-    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
-			box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
-
-    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
-
-    wnoutrefresh (list);
-    wnoutrefresh (dialog);
-    doupdate ();
-
-    while (key != ESC) {
-	key = wgetch (dialog);
-
-    	for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
-            if (toupper(key) == toupper(items[scroll + i]->name[0]))
-                break;
-
-
-	if ( i < max_choice || key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN ||
-	    key == '+' || key == '-' ) {
-	    if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
-		if (!choice) {
-		    if (!scroll)
-			continue;
-		    /* Scroll list down */
-		    if (list_height > 1) {
-			/* De-highlight current first item */
-			print_item (list, items[scroll]->name,
-					status[scroll], 0, FALSE);
-			scrollok (list, TRUE);
-			wscrl (list, -1);
-			scrollok (list, FALSE);
-		    }
-		    scroll--;
-		    print_item (list, items[scroll]->name,
-				status[scroll], 0, TRUE);
-		    wnoutrefresh (list);
-
-    		    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
-				box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
-
-		    wrefresh (dialog);
-
-		    continue;	/* wait for another key press */
-		} else
-		    i = choice - 1;
-	    } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+') {
-		if (choice == max_choice - 1) {
-		    if (scroll + choice >= item_no - 1)
-			continue;
-		    /* Scroll list up */
-		    if (list_height > 1) {
-			/* De-highlight current last item before scrolling up */
-			print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
-				    status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
-				    max_choice - 1, FALSE);
-			scrollok (list, TRUE);
-			scroll (list);
-			scrollok (list, FALSE);
-		    }
-		    scroll++;
-		    print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
-				status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
-				max_choice - 1, TRUE);
-		    wnoutrefresh (list);
-
-    		    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
-				box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
-
-		    wrefresh (dialog);
-
-		    continue;	/* wait for another key press */
-		} else
-		    i = choice + 1;
-	    }
-	    if (i != choice) {
-		/* De-highlight current item */
-		print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name,
-			    status[scroll + choice], choice, FALSE);
-		/* Highlight new item */
-		choice = i;
-		print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name,
-			    status[scroll + choice], choice, TRUE);
-		wnoutrefresh (list);
-		wrefresh (dialog);
-	    }
-	    continue;		/* wait for another key press */
-	}
-	switch (key) {
-	case 'H':
-	case 'h':
-	case '?':
-	    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
-		items[i]->selected = 0;
-	    items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    free (status);
-	    return 1;
-	case TAB:
-	case KEY_LEFT:
-	case KEY_RIGHT:
-	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
-			? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
-
-	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
-	    wrefresh (dialog);
-	    break;
-	case 'S':
-	case 's':
-	case ' ':
-	case '\n':
-	    if (!button) {
-		if (flag == FLAG_CHECK) {
-		    status[scroll + choice] = !status[scroll + choice];
-		    wmove (list, choice, check_x);
-		    wattrset (list, check_selected_attr);
-		    wprintw (list, "[%c]", status[scroll + choice] ? 'X' : ' ');
-		} else {
-		    if (!status[scroll + choice]) {
-			for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
-			    status[i] = 0;
-			status[scroll + choice] = 1;
-			for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
-			    print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name,
-					status[scroll + i], i, i == choice);
-		    }
-		}
-		wnoutrefresh (list);
-		wrefresh (dialog);
-
-		for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
-			items[i]->selected = status[i];
-		}
-            } else {
-		    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
-			    items[i]->selected = 0;
-		    items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
-	    }
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    free (status);
-	    return button;
-	case 'X':
-	case 'x':
-	    key = ESC;
-	case ESC:
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	/* Now, update everything... */
-	doupdate ();
-    }
-
-
-    delwin (dialog);
-    free (status);
-    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
-}

+ 0 - 161
config/colors.h

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  colors.h -- color attribute definitions
- *
- *  AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-
-/*
- *   Default color definitions
- *
- *   *_FG = foreground
- *   *_BG = background
- *   *_HL = highlight?
- */
-#define SCREEN_FG                    COLOR_CYAN
-#define SCREEN_BG                    COLOR_BLUE
-#define SCREEN_HL                    TRUE
-
-#define SHADOW_FG                    COLOR_BLACK
-#define SHADOW_BG                    COLOR_BLACK
-#define SHADOW_HL                    TRUE
-
-#define DIALOG_FG                    COLOR_BLACK
-#define DIALOG_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
-#define DIALOG_HL                    FALSE
-
-#define TITLE_FG                     COLOR_YELLOW
-#define TITLE_BG                     COLOR_WHITE
-#define TITLE_HL                     TRUE
-
-#define BORDER_FG                    COLOR_WHITE
-#define BORDER_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
-#define BORDER_HL                    TRUE
-
-#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG             COLOR_WHITE
-#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG             COLOR_BLUE
-#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL             TRUE
-
-#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG           COLOR_BLACK
-#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG           COLOR_WHITE
-#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL           FALSE
-
-#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG         COLOR_WHITE
-#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG         COLOR_BLUE
-#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL         TRUE
-
-#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG       COLOR_RED
-#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG       COLOR_WHITE
-#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL       FALSE
-
-#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG       COLOR_YELLOW
-#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG       COLOR_BLUE
-#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL       TRUE
-
-#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG     COLOR_BLACK
-#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG     COLOR_WHITE
-#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL     TRUE
-
-#define INPUTBOX_FG                  COLOR_BLACK
-#define INPUTBOX_BG                  COLOR_WHITE
-#define INPUTBOX_HL                  FALSE
-
-#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG           COLOR_BLACK
-#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG           COLOR_WHITE
-#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL           FALSE
-
-#define SEARCHBOX_FG                 COLOR_BLACK
-#define SEARCHBOX_BG                 COLOR_WHITE
-#define SEARCHBOX_HL                 FALSE
-
-#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG           COLOR_YELLOW
-#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG           COLOR_WHITE
-#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL           TRUE
-
-#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG          COLOR_WHITE
-#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG          COLOR_WHITE
-#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL          TRUE
-
-#define POSITION_INDICATOR_FG        COLOR_YELLOW
-#define POSITION_INDICATOR_BG        COLOR_WHITE
-#define POSITION_INDICATOR_HL        TRUE
-
-#define MENUBOX_FG                   COLOR_BLACK
-#define MENUBOX_BG                   COLOR_WHITE
-#define MENUBOX_HL                   FALSE
-
-#define MENUBOX_BORDER_FG            COLOR_WHITE
-#define MENUBOX_BORDER_BG            COLOR_WHITE
-#define MENUBOX_BORDER_HL            TRUE
-
-#define ITEM_FG                      COLOR_BLACK
-#define ITEM_BG                      COLOR_WHITE
-#define ITEM_HL                      FALSE
-
-#define ITEM_SELECTED_FG             COLOR_WHITE
-#define ITEM_SELECTED_BG             COLOR_BLUE
-#define ITEM_SELECTED_HL             TRUE
-
-#define TAG_FG                       COLOR_YELLOW
-#define TAG_BG                       COLOR_WHITE
-#define TAG_HL                       TRUE
-
-#define TAG_SELECTED_FG              COLOR_YELLOW
-#define TAG_SELECTED_BG              COLOR_BLUE
-#define TAG_SELECTED_HL              TRUE
-
-#define TAG_KEY_FG                   COLOR_YELLOW
-#define TAG_KEY_BG                   COLOR_WHITE
-#define TAG_KEY_HL                   TRUE
-
-#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG          COLOR_YELLOW
-#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG          COLOR_BLUE
-#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL          TRUE
-
-#define CHECK_FG                     COLOR_BLACK
-#define CHECK_BG                     COLOR_WHITE
-#define CHECK_HL                     FALSE
-
-#define CHECK_SELECTED_FG            COLOR_WHITE
-#define CHECK_SELECTED_BG            COLOR_BLUE
-#define CHECK_SELECTED_HL            TRUE
-
-#define UARROW_FG                    COLOR_GREEN
-#define UARROW_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
-#define UARROW_HL                    TRUE
-
-#define DARROW_FG                    COLOR_GREEN
-#define DARROW_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
-#define DARROW_HL                    TRUE
-
-/* End of default color definitions */
-
-#define C_ATTR(x,y)                  ((x ? A_BOLD : 0) | COLOR_PAIR((y)))
-#define COLOR_NAME_LEN               10
-#define COLOR_COUNT                  8
-
-/*
- * Global variables
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    char name[COLOR_NAME_LEN];
-    int value;
-} color_names_st;
-
-extern color_names_st color_names[];
-extern int color_table[][3];

+ 0 - 601
config/conf.c

@@ -1,601 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-
-extern int output_mode;
-
-static void conf(struct menu *menu);
-static void check_conf(struct menu *menu);
-
-enum {
-	ask_all,
-	ask_new,
-	ask_silent,
-	set_default,
-	set_yes,
-	set_mod,
-	ask_mod,
-	set_no,
-	set_random
-} input_mode = ask_all;
-char *defconfig_file;
-
-static int indent = 1;
-static int valid_stdin = 1;
-static int conf_cnt;
-static int press_enter = 0;
-static char line[128];
-static struct menu *rootEntry;
-
-static char nohelp_text[] = "Sorry, no help available for this option yet.\n";
-
-static void strip(char *str)
-{
-	char *p = str;
-	int l;
-
-	while ((isspace(*p)))
-		p++;
-	l = strlen(p);
-	if (p != str)
-		memmove(str, p, l + 1);
-	if (!l)
-		return;
-	p = str + l - 1;
-	while ((isspace(*p)))
-		*p-- = 0;
-}
-
-static void check_stdin(void)
-{
-	if (!valid_stdin && input_mode == ask_silent && !press_enter) {
-		printf("aborted!\n\n");
-		printf("Console input/output is redirected. ");
-		printf("Run 'make oldconfig' to update configuration.\n\n");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-}
-
-static void conf_askvalue(struct symbol *sym, const char *def)
-{
-	enum symbol_type type = sym_get_type(sym);
-	tristate val;
-
-	if (!sym_has_value(sym))
-		printf("(NEW) ");
-
-	line[0] = '\n';
-	line[1] = 0;
-
-	if (!sym_is_changable(sym)) {
-		printf("%s\n", def);
-		line[0] = '\n';
-		line[1] = 0;
-		return;
-	}
-
-	switch (input_mode) {
-	case ask_new:
-	case ask_silent:
-		if (sym_has_value(sym) ||
-		    (output_mode && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE))) {
-			printf("%s\n", def);
-			return;
-		}
-		check_stdin();
-	case ask_all:
-		fflush(stdout);
-		fgets(line, 128, stdin);
-		return;
-	case set_default:
-		printf("%s\n", def);
-		return;
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-
-	switch (type) {
-	case S_INT:
-	case S_HEX:
-	case S_STRING:
-		printf("%s\n", def);
-		return;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	switch (input_mode) {
-	case set_yes:
-		if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) {
-			line[0] = 'y';
-			line[1] = '\n';
-			line[2] = 0;
-			break;
-		}
-	case ask_mod:
-	case set_mod:
-		if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
-			if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod)) {
-				line[0] = 'm';
-				line[1] = '\n';
-				line[2] = 0;
-				break;
-			}
-		} else {
-			if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) {
-				line[0] = 'y';
-				line[1] = '\n';
-				line[2] = 0;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	case set_no:
-		if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no)) {
-			line[0] = 'n';
-			line[1] = '\n';
-			line[2] = 0;
-			break;
-		}
-	case set_random:
-		do {
-			val = (tristate)(random() % 3);
-		} while (!sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val));
-		switch (val) {
-		case no: line[0] = 'n'; break;
-		case mod: line[0] = 'm'; break;
-		case yes: line[0] = 'y'; break;
-		}
-		line[1] = '\n';
-		line[2] = 0;
-		break;
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-	printf("%s", line);
-}
-
-int conf_string(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
-	const char *def, *help;
-
-	while (1) {
-		printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text);
-		printf("(%s) ", sym->name);
-		def = sym_get_string_value(sym);
-		if (sym_get_string_value(sym))
-			printf("[%s] ", def);
-		conf_askvalue(sym, def);
-		switch (line[0]) {
-		case '\n':
-			break;
-		case '?':
-			/* print help */
-			if (line[1] == '\n') {
-				help = nohelp_text;
-				if (menu->sym->help)
-					help = menu->sym->help;
-				printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help);
-				def = NULL;
-				break;
-			}
-		default:
-			line[strlen(line)-1] = 0;
-			def = line;
-		}
-		if (def && sym_set_string_value(sym, def))
-			return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-static int conf_sym(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
-	int type;
-	tristate oldval, newval;
-	const char *help;
-
-	while (1) {
-		printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text);
-		if (sym->name)
-			printf("(%s) ", sym->name);
-		type = sym_get_type(sym);
-		putchar('[');
-		oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
-		switch (oldval) {
-		case no:
-			putchar('N');
-			break;
-		case mod:
-			putchar('M');
-			break;
-		case yes:
-			putchar('Y');
-			break;
-		}
-		if (oldval != no && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no))
-			printf("/n");
-		if (oldval != mod && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod))
-			printf("/m");
-		if (oldval != yes && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes))
-			printf("/y");
-		if (sym->help)
-			printf("/?");
-		printf("] ");
-		conf_askvalue(sym, sym_get_string_value(sym));
-		strip(line);
-
-		switch (line[0]) {
-		case 'n':
-		case 'N':
-			newval = no;
-			if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "o"))
-				break;
-			continue;
-		case 'm':
-		case 'M':
-			newval = mod;
-			if (!line[1])
-				break;
-			continue;
-		case 'y':
-		case 'Y':
-			newval = yes;
-			if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "es"))
-				break;
-			continue;
-		case 0:
-			newval = oldval;
-			break;
-		case '?':
-			goto help;
-		default:
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval))
-			return 0;
-help:
-		help = nohelp_text;
-		if (sym->help)
-			help = sym->help;
-		printf("\n%s\n", help);
-	}
-}
-
-static int conf_choice(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym, *def_sym;
-	struct menu *child;
-	int type;
-	bool is_new;
-
-	sym = menu->sym;
-	type = sym_get_type(sym);
-	is_new = !sym_has_value(sym);
-	if (sym_is_changable(sym)) {
-		conf_sym(menu);
-		sym_calc_value(sym);
-		switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
-		case no:
-			return 1;
-		case mod:
-			return 0;
-		case yes:
-			break;
-		}
-	} else {
-		switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
-		case no:
-			return 1;
-		case mod:
-			printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu));
-			return 0;
-		case yes:
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (1) {
-		int cnt, def;
-
-		printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu));
-		def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym);
-		cnt = def = 0;
-		line[0] = '0';
-		line[1] = 0;
-		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
-			if (!menu_is_visible(child))
-				continue;
-			if (!child->sym) {
-				printf("%*c %s\n", indent, '*', menu_get_prompt(child));
-				continue;
-			}
-			cnt++;
-			if (child->sym == def_sym) {
-				def = cnt;
-				printf("%*c", indent, '>');
-			} else
-				printf("%*c", indent, ' ');
-			printf(" %d. %s", cnt, menu_get_prompt(child));
-			if (child->sym->name)
-				printf(" (%s)", child->sym->name);
-			if (!sym_has_value(child->sym))
-				printf(" (NEW)");
-			printf("\n");
-		}
-		printf("%*schoice", indent - 1, "");
-		if (cnt == 1) {
-			printf("[1]: 1\n");
-			goto conf_childs;
-		}
-		printf("[1-%d", cnt);
-		if (sym->help)
-			printf("?");
-		printf("]: ");
-		switch (input_mode) {
-		case ask_new:
-		case ask_silent:
-			if (!is_new) {
-				cnt = def;
-				printf("%d\n", cnt);
-				break;
-			}
-			check_stdin();
-		case ask_all:
-			fflush(stdout);
-			fgets(line, 128, stdin);
-			strip(line);
-			if (line[0] == '?') {
-				printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help ?
-					menu->sym->help : nohelp_text);
-				continue;
-			}
-			if (!line[0])
-				cnt = def;
-			else if (isdigit(line[0]))
-				cnt = atoi(line);
-			else
-				continue;
-			break;
-		case set_random:
-			def = (random() % cnt) + 1;
-		case set_default:
-		case set_yes:
-		case set_mod:
-		case set_no:
-		case ask_mod:
-			cnt = def;
-			printf("%d\n", cnt);
-			break;
-		}
-
-	conf_childs:
-		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
-			if (!child->sym || !menu_is_visible(child))
-				continue;
-			if (!--cnt)
-				break;
-		}
-		if (!child)
-			continue;
-		if (line[strlen(line) - 1] == '?') {
-			printf("\n%s\n", child->sym->help ?
-				child->sym->help : nohelp_text);
-			continue;
-		}
-		sym_set_choice_value(sym, child->sym);
-		if (child->list) {
-			indent += 2;
-			conf(child->list);
-			indent -= 2;
-		}
-		return 1;
-	}
-}
-
-static void conf(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct menu *child;
-
-	if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
-		return;
-
-	sym = menu->sym;
-	prop = menu->prompt;
-	if (prop) {
-		const char *prompt;
-
-		switch (prop->type) {
-		case P_MENU:
-			if (input_mode == ask_silent && rootEntry != menu) {
-				check_conf(menu);
-				return;
-			}
-		case P_COMMENT:
-			prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
-			if (prompt)
-				printf("%*c\n%*c %s\n%*c\n",
-					indent, '*',
-					indent, '*', prompt,
-					indent, '*');
-		default:
-			;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (!sym)
-		goto conf_childs;
-
-	if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
-		conf_choice(menu);
-		if (sym->curr.tri != mod)
-			return;
-		goto conf_childs;
-	}
-
-	switch (sym->type) {
-	case S_INT:
-	case S_HEX:
-	case S_STRING:
-		conf_string(menu);
-		break;
-	default:
-		conf_sym(menu);
-		break;
-	}
-
-conf_childs:
-	if (sym)
-		indent += 2;
-	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
-		conf(child);
-	if (sym)
-		indent -= 2;
-}
-
-static void check_conf(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct menu *child;
-
-	if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
-		return;
-
-	sym = menu->sym;
-	if (sym) {
-		if (sym_is_changable(sym) && !sym_has_value(sym)) {
-			if (!conf_cnt++)
-				printf("*\n* Restart config...\n*\n");
-			rootEntry = menu_get_parent_menu(menu);
-			conf(rootEntry);
-		}
-		if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) != mod)
-			return;
-	}
-
-	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
-		check_conf(child);
-}
-
-int main(int ac, char **av)
-{
-	int i = 1;
-	const char *name;
-	struct stat tmpstat;
-
-	if (ac > i && av[i][0] == '-') {
-		switch (av[i++][1]) {
-		case 'A':
-			output_mode = 1;
-			/* FALLTHROUGH */
-		case 'o':
-			input_mode = ask_new;
-			break;
-		case 'a':
-			input_mode = ask_new;
-			press_enter = 1;
-			break;
-		case 's':
-			input_mode = ask_silent;
-			valid_stdin = isatty(0) && isatty(1) && isatty(2);
-			break;
-		case 'd':
-			input_mode = set_default;
-			break;
-		case 'D':
-			input_mode = set_default;
-			defconfig_file = av[i++];
-			if (!defconfig_file) {
-				printf("%s: No default config file specified\n",
-					av[0]);
-				exit(1);
-			}
-			break;
-		case 'n':
-			input_mode = set_no;
-			break;
-		case 'M':
-			input_mode = ask_mod;
-			break;
-		case 'm':
-			input_mode = set_mod;
-			break;
-		case 'y':
-			input_mode = set_yes;
-			break;
-		case 'r':
-			input_mode = set_random;
-			srandom(time(NULL));
-			break;
-		case 'h':
-		case '?':
-			printf("%s [-o|-s] config\n", av[0]);
-			exit(0);
-		}
-	}
-  	name = av[i];
-	if (!name) {
-		printf("%s: configuration file missing\n", av[0]);
-	}
-	conf_parse(name);
-	//zconfdump(stdout);
-	switch (input_mode) {
-	case set_default:
-		if (!defconfig_file)
-			defconfig_file = conf_get_default_confname();
-		if (conf_read(defconfig_file)) {
-			printf("***\n"
-				"*** Can't find default configuration \"%s\"!\n"
-				"***\n", defconfig_file);
-			exit(1);
-		}
-		break;
-	case ask_silent:
-		if (stat(".config", &tmpstat)) {
-			printf("***\n"
-				"*** You have not yet configured OpenADK!\n"
-				"***\n"
-				"*** Please run some configurator (e.g. \"make oldconfig\" or\n"
-				"*** \"make menuconfig\" or \"make config\").\n"
-				"***\n");
-			exit(1);
-		}
-	case ask_all:
-	case ask_new:
-	case ask_mod:
-		conf_read(NULL);
-		break;
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-
-	if (input_mode != ask_silent) {
-		rootEntry = &rootmenu;
-		conf(&rootmenu);
-		if (input_mode == ask_all) {
-			input_mode = ask_silent;
-			valid_stdin = 1;
-		}
-	}
-	do {
-		conf_cnt = 0;
-		check_conf(&rootmenu);
-	} while (conf_cnt);
-	if (conf_write(NULL)) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "\n*** Error during writing of the OpenADK configuration.\n\n");
-		return 1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}

+ 0 - 449
config/confdata.c

@@ -1,449 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-
-int output_mode = 0;
-
-const char conf_def_filename[] = ".config";
-
-const char conf_defname[] = "Config.default";
-
-const char *conf_confnames[] = {
-	".config",
-	conf_defname,
-	NULL,
-};
-
-static char *conf_expand_value(const char *in)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	const char *src;
-	static char res_value[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH];
-	char *dst, name[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH];
-
-	res_value[0] = 0;
-	dst = name;
-	while ((src = strchr(in, '$'))) {
-		strncat(res_value, in, src - in);
-		src++;
-		dst = name;
-		while (isalnum(*src) || *src == '_')
-			*dst++ = *src++;
-		*dst = 0;
-		sym = sym_lookup(name, 0);
-		sym_calc_value(sym);
-		strcat(res_value, sym_get_string_value(sym));
-		in = src;
-	}
-	strcat(res_value, in);
-
-	return res_value;
-}
-
-char *conf_get_default_confname(void)
-{
-	struct stat buf;
-	static char fullname[PATH_MAX+1];
-	char *env, *name;
-
-	name = conf_expand_value(conf_defname);
-	env = getenv(SRCTREE);
-	if (env) {
-		sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name);
-		if (!stat(fullname, &buf))
-			return fullname;
-	}
-	return name;
-}
-
-int conf_read(const char *name)
-{
-	FILE *in = NULL;
-	char line[2048];
-	char *p, *p2;
-	int lineno = 0;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct expr *e;
-	int i;
-
-	if (name) {
-		in = zconf_fopen(name);
-	} else {
-		const char **names = conf_confnames;
-		while ((name = *names++)) {
-			name = conf_expand_value(name);
-			in = zconf_fopen(name);
-			if (in) {
-				printf("#\n"
-				       "# using defaults found in %s\n"
-				       "#\n", name);
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (!in)
-		return 1;
-
-	for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
-		sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW | SYMBOL_CHANGED;
-		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID;
-		switch (sym->type) {
-		case S_INT:
-		case S_HEX:
-		case S_STRING:
-			if (sym->user.val)
-				free(sym->user.val);
-		default:
-			sym->user.val = NULL;
-			sym->user.tri = no;
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), in)) {
-		lineno++;
-		sym = NULL;
-		switch (line[0]) {
-		case '#':
-			if (line[1]!=' ')
-				continue;
-			p = strchr(line + 2, ' ');
-			if (!p)
-				continue;
-			*p++ = 0;
-			if (strncmp(p, "is not set", 10))
-				continue;
-			sym = sym_find(line + 2);
-			if (!sym) {
-				fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line + 2);
-				break;
-			}
-			switch (sym->type) {
-			case S_BOOLEAN:
-			case S_TRISTATE:
-				sym->user.tri = no;
-				sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-				break;
-			default:
-				;
-			}
-			break;
-
-		case 'A' ... 'Z':
-			p = strchr(line, '=');
-			if (!p)
-				continue;
-			*p++ = 0;
-			p2 = strchr(p, '\n');
-			if (p2)
-				*p2 = 0;
-			sym = sym_find(line);
-			if (!sym) {
-				fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line);
-				break;
-			}
-			switch (sym->type) {
-			case S_TRISTATE:
-				if (p[0] == 'm') {
-					sym->user.tri = mod;
-					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-					break;
-				}
-			case S_BOOLEAN:
-				if (p[0] == 'y') {
-					sym->user.tri = yes;
-					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-					break;
-				}
-				if (p[0] == 'n') {
-					sym->user.tri = no;
-					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-					break;
-				}
-				break;
-			case S_STRING:
-				if (*p++ != '"')
-					break;
-				for (p2 = p; (p2 = strpbrk(p2, "\"\\")); p2++) {
-					if (*p2 == '"') {
-						*p2 = 0;
-						break;
-					}
-					memmove(p2, p2 + 1, strlen(p2));
-				}
-				if (!p2) {
-					fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: invalid string found\n", name, lineno);
-					exit(1);
-				}
-			case S_INT:
-			case S_HEX:
-				if (sym_string_valid(sym, p)) {
-					sym->user.val = strdup(p);
-					sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-				} else {
-					fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: symbol value '%s' invalid for %s\n", name, lineno, p, sym->name);
-					exit(1);
-				}
-				break;
-			default:
-				;
-			}
-			break;
-		case '\n':
-			break;
-		default:
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (sym && sym_is_choice_value(sym)) {
-			struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym));
-			switch (sym->user.tri) {
-			case no:
-				break;
-			case mod:
-				if (cs->user.tri == yes)
-					/* warn? */;
-				break;
-			case yes:
-				if (cs->user.tri != no)
-					/* warn? */;
-				cs->user.val = sym;
-				break;
-			}
-			cs->user.tri = E_OR(cs->user.tri, sym->user.tri);
-			cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-		}
-	}
-	fclose(in);
-
-	if (modules_sym)
-		sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
-	for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
-		sym_calc_value(sym);
-		if (sym_has_value(sym) && !sym_is_choice_value(sym)) {
-			if (sym->visible == no)
-				sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW;
-			switch (sym->type) {
-			case S_STRING:
-			case S_INT:
-			case S_HEX:
-				if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, sym->user.val))
-					sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW;
-			default:
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-		if (!sym_is_choice(sym))
-			continue;
-		prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
-		for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr)
-			if (e->right.sym->visible != no)
-				sym->flags |= e->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW;
-	}
-
-	sym_change_count = 1;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-int conf_write(const char *name)
-{
-	FILE *out, *out_h;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct menu *menu;
-	const char *basename;
-	char dirname[128], tmpname[128], newname[128];
-	int type, l;
-	const char *str;
-
-	dirname[0] = 0;
-	if (name && name[0]) {
-		struct stat st;
-		char *slash;
-
-		if (!stat(name, &st) && S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-			strcpy(dirname, name);
-			strcat(dirname, "/");
-			basename = conf_def_filename;
-		} else if ((slash = strrchr(name, '/'))) {
-			int size = slash - name + 1;
-			memcpy(dirname, name, size);
-			dirname[size] = 0;
-			if (slash[1])
-				basename = slash + 1;
-			else
-				basename = conf_def_filename;
-		} else
-			basename = name;
-	} else
-		basename = conf_def_filename;
-
-	sprintf(newname, "%s.tmpconfig.%d", dirname, getpid());
-	out = fopen(newname, "w");
-	if (!out)
-		return 1;
-	out_h = NULL;
-	if (!name) {
-		out_h = fopen(".tmpconfig.h", "w");
-		if (!out_h)
-			return 1;
-	}
-	fprintf(out, "#\n"
-		     "# Automatically generated make config: don't edit\n"
-		     "#\n");
-	if (out_h) {
-		fprintf(out_h, "/*\n"
-			     " * Automatically generated header file: don't edit\n"
-			     " */\n\n"
-			     "#define AUTOCONF_INCLUDED\n\n"
-			     "/* Version Number */\n"
-			     "#define BB_VER \"%s\"\n"
-			     "#define BB_BT \"%s\"\n",
-			     getenv("VERSION"),
-			     getenv("BUILDTIME"));
-		if (getenv("EXTRA_VERSION"))
-			fprintf(out_h, "#define BB_EXTRA_VERSION \"%s\"\n",
-				     getenv("EXTRA_VERSION"));
-		fprintf(out_h, "\n");
-	}
-
-	if (!sym_change_count)
-		sym_clear_all_valid();
-
-	menu = rootmenu.list;
-	while (menu) {
-		sym = menu->sym;
-		if (!sym) {
-			if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
-				goto next;
-			str = menu_get_prompt(menu);
-			fprintf(out, "\n"
-				     "#\n"
-				     "# %s\n"
-				     "#\n", str);
-			if (out_h)
-				fprintf(out_h, "\n"
-					       "/*\n"
-					       " * %s\n"
-					       " */\n", str);
-		} else if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE)) {
-			sym_calc_value(sym);
-			if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE) && !output_mode)
-				goto next;
-			sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE;
-			type = sym->type;
-			if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
-				sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
-				if (modules_sym->curr.tri == no)
-					type = S_BOOLEAN;
-			}
-			switch (type) {
-			case S_BOOLEAN:
-			case S_TRISTATE:
-				switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
-				case no:
-					fprintf(out, "# %s is not set\n", sym->name);
-					if (out_h)
-						fprintf(out_h, "#undef %s\n", sym->name);
-					break;
-				case mod:
-					fprintf(out, "%s=m\n", sym->name);
-#if 0
-					if (out_h)
-						fprintf(out_h, "#define %s_MODULE 1\n", sym->name);
-#endif
-					break;
-				case yes:
-					fprintf(out, "%s=y\n", sym->name);
-					if (out_h)
-						fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 1\n", sym->name);
-					break;
-				}
-				break;
-			case S_STRING:
-				// fix me
-				str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
-				fprintf(out, "%s=\"", sym->name);
-				if (out_h)
-					fprintf(out_h, "#define %s \"", sym->name);
-				do {
-					l = strcspn(str, "\"\\");
-					if (l) {
-						fwrite(str, l, 1, out);
-						if (out_h)
-							fwrite(str, l, 1, out_h);
-					}
-					str += l;
-					while (*str == '\\' || *str == '"') {
-						fprintf(out, "\\%c", *str);
-						if (out_h)
-							fprintf(out_h, "\\%c", *str);
-						str++;
-					}
-				} while (*str);
-				fputs("\"\n", out);
-				if (out_h)
-					fputs("\"\n", out_h);
-				break;
-			case S_HEX:
-				str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
-				if (str[0] != '0' || (str[1] != 'x' && str[1] != 'X')) {
-					fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str);
-					if (out_h)
-						fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 0x%s\n", sym->name, str);
-					break;
-				}
-			case S_INT:
-				str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
-				fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str);
-				if (out_h)
-					fprintf(out_h, "#define %s %s\n", sym->name, str);
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-	next:
-		if (menu->list) {
-			menu = menu->list;
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (menu->next)
-			menu = menu->next;
-		else while ((menu = menu->parent)) {
-			if (menu->next) {
-				menu = menu->next;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	fclose(out);
-	if (out_h) {
-		fclose(out_h);
-		rename(".tmpconfig.h", "include/config.h");
-		file_write_dep(NULL);
-	}
-	if (!name || basename != conf_def_filename) {
-		if (!name)
-			name = conf_def_filename;
-		sprintf(tmpname, "%s.old", name);
-		rename(name, tmpname);
-	}
-	sprintf(tmpname, "%s%s", dirname, basename);
-	if (rename(newname, tmpname))
-		return 1;
-
-	sym_change_count = 0;
-
-	return 0;
-}

+ 0 - 196
config/dialog.h

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-
-/*
- *  dialog.h -- common declarations for all dialog modules
- *
- *  AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef CURSES_LOC
-#include CURSES_LOC
-
-/*
- * Colors in ncurses 1.9.9e do not work properly since foreground and
- * background colors are OR'd rather than separately masked.  This version
- * of dialog was hacked to work with ncurses 1.9.9e, making it incompatible
- * with standard curses.  The simplest fix (to make this work with standard
- * curses) uses the wbkgdset() function, not used in the original hack.
- * Turn it off if we're building with 1.9.9e, since it just confuses things.
- */
-#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) && defined(_NEED_WRAP) && !defined(GCC_PRINTFLIKE)
-#define OLD_NCURSES 1
-#undef  wbkgdset
-#define wbkgdset(w,p) /*nothing*/
-#else
-#define OLD_NCURSES 0
-#endif
-
-#define TR(params) _tracef params
-
-#define ESC 27
-#define TAB 9
-#define MAX_LEN 2048
-#define BUF_SIZE (10*1024)
-#define MIN(x,y) (x < y ? x : y)
-#define MAX(x,y) (x > y ? x : y)
-
-
-#ifndef ACS_ULCORNER
-#define ACS_ULCORNER '+'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_LLCORNER
-#define ACS_LLCORNER '+'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_URCORNER
-#define ACS_URCORNER '+'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_LRCORNER
-#define ACS_LRCORNER '+'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_HLINE
-#define ACS_HLINE '-'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_VLINE
-#define ACS_VLINE '|'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_LTEE
-#define ACS_LTEE '+'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_RTEE
-#define ACS_RTEE '+'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_UARROW
-#define ACS_UARROW '^'
-#endif
-#ifndef ACS_DARROW
-#define ACS_DARROW 'v'
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Attribute names
- */
-#define screen_attr                   attributes[0]
-#define shadow_attr                   attributes[1]
-#define dialog_attr                   attributes[2]
-#define title_attr                    attributes[3]
-#define border_attr                   attributes[4]
-#define button_active_attr            attributes[5]
-#define button_inactive_attr          attributes[6]
-#define button_key_active_attr        attributes[7]
-#define button_key_inactive_attr      attributes[8]
-#define button_label_active_attr      attributes[9]
-#define button_label_inactive_attr    attributes[10]
-#define inputbox_attr                 attributes[11]
-#define inputbox_border_attr          attributes[12]
-#define searchbox_attr                attributes[13]
-#define searchbox_title_attr          attributes[14]
-#define searchbox_border_attr         attributes[15]
-#define position_indicator_attr       attributes[16]
-#define menubox_attr                  attributes[17]
-#define menubox_border_attr           attributes[18]
-#define item_attr                     attributes[19]
-#define item_selected_attr            attributes[20]
-#define tag_attr                      attributes[21]
-#define tag_selected_attr             attributes[22]
-#define tag_key_attr                  attributes[23]
-#define tag_key_selected_attr         attributes[24]
-#define check_attr                    attributes[25]
-#define check_selected_attr           attributes[26]
-#define uarrow_attr                   attributes[27]
-#define darrow_attr                   attributes[28]
-
-/* number of attributes */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_COUNT               29
-
-/*
- * Global variables
- */
-extern bool use_colors;
-
-extern chtype attributes[];
-#endif
-
-extern char *backtitle;
-
-struct dialog_list_item {
-	char *name;
-	int namelen;
-	char *tag;
-	int selected; /* Set to 1 by dialog_*() function. */
-};
-
-/*
- * Function prototypes
- */
-
-void init_dialog (void);
-void end_dialog (void);
-void dialog_clear (void);
-#ifdef CURSES_LOC
-void attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr);
-void color_setup (void);
-void print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x);
-void print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected);
-void draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width, chtype box,
-		chtype border);
-void draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width);
-#endif
-
-int first_alpha (const char *string, const char *exempt);
-int dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width);
-int dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
-		int width, int pause);
-int dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width);
-int dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
-		int menu_height, const char *choice, int item_no,
-		struct dialog_list_item ** items);
-int dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
-		int width, int list_height, int item_no,
-		struct dialog_list_item ** items, int flag);
-extern unsigned char dialog_input_result[];
-int dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
-		int width, const char *init);
-
-struct dialog_list_item *first_sel_item(int item_no,
-		struct dialog_list_item ** items);
-
-/*
- * This is the base for fictitious keys, which activate
- * the buttons.
- *
- * Mouse-generated keys are the following:
- *   -- the first 32 are used as numbers, in addition to '0'-'9'
- *   -- the lowercase are used to signal mouse-enter events (M_EVENT + 'o')
- *   -- uppercase chars are used to invoke the button (M_EVENT + 'O')
- */
-#ifdef CURSES_LOC
-#define M_EVENT (KEY_MAX+1)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * The `flag' parameter in checklist is used to select between
- * radiolist and checklist
- */
-#define FLAG_CHECK 1
-#define FLAG_RADIO 0

+ 0 - 1089
config/expr.c

@@ -1,1089 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-
-#define DEBUG_EXPR	0
-
-struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
-	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
-	e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-	e->left.sym = sym;
-	return e;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce)
-{
-	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
-	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
-	e->type = type;
-	e->left.expr = ce;
-	return e;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
-{
-	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
-	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
-	e->type = type;
-	e->left.expr = e1;
-	e->right.expr = e2;
-	return e;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2)
-{
-	struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
-	memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
-	e->type = type;
-	e->left.sym = s1;
-	e->right.sym = s2;
-	return e;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
-{
-	if (!e1)
-		return e2;
-	return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2) : e1;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
-{
-	if (!e1)
-		return e2;
-	return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2) : e1;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org)
-{
-	struct expr *e;
-
-	if (!org)
-		return NULL;
-
-	e = malloc(sizeof(*org));
-	memcpy(e, org, sizeof(*org));
-	switch (org->type) {
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		e->left = org->left;
-		break;
-	case E_NOT:
-		e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr);
-		break;
-	case E_EQUAL:
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		e->left.sym = org->left.sym;
-		e->right.sym = org->right.sym;
-		break;
-	case E_AND:
-	case E_OR:
-	case E_CHOICE:
-		e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr);
-		e->right.expr = expr_copy(org->right.expr);
-		break;
-	default:
-		printf("can't copy type %d\n", e->type);
-		free(e);
-		e = NULL;
-		break;
-	}
-
-	return e;
-}
-
-void expr_free(struct expr *e)
-{
-	if (!e)
-		return;
-
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		break;
-	case E_NOT:
-		expr_free(e->left.expr);
-		return;
-	case E_EQUAL:
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		break;
-	case E_OR:
-	case E_AND:
-		expr_free(e->left.expr);
-		expr_free(e->right.expr);
-		break;
-	default:
-		printf("how to free type %d?\n", e->type);
-		break;
-	}
-	free(e);
-}
-
-static int trans_count;
-
-#define e1 (*ep1)
-#define e2 (*ep2)
-
-static void __expr_eliminate_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
-{
-	if (e1->type == type) {
-		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
-		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (e2->type == type) {
-		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
-		__expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL &&
-	    e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && (e1->left.sym->flags & (SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_NO)))
-		return;
-	if (!expr_eq(e1, e2))
-		return;
-	trans_count++;
-	expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
-	switch (type) {
-	case E_OR:
-		e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-		e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-		break;
-	case E_AND:
-		e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-		e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-}
-
-void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
-{
-	if (!e1 || !e2)
-		return;
-	switch (e1->type) {
-	case E_OR:
-	case E_AND:
-		__expr_eliminate_eq(e1->type, ep1, ep2);
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	if (e1->type != e2->type) switch (e2->type) {
-	case E_OR:
-	case E_AND:
-		__expr_eliminate_eq(e2->type, ep1, ep2);
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	e1 = expr_eliminate_yn(e1);
-	e2 = expr_eliminate_yn(e2);
-}
-
-#undef e1
-#undef e2
-
-int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
-{
-	int res, old_count;
-
-	if (e1->type != e2->type)
-		return 0;
-	switch (e1->type) {
-	case E_EQUAL:
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && e1->right.sym == e2->right.sym;
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym;
-	case E_NOT:
-		return expr_eq(e1->left.expr, e2->left.expr);
-	case E_AND:
-	case E_OR:
-		e1 = expr_copy(e1);
-		e2 = expr_copy(e2);
-		old_count = trans_count;
-		expr_eliminate_eq(&e1, &e2);
-		res = (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL &&
-		       e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym);
-		expr_free(e1);
-		expr_free(e2);
-		trans_count = old_count;
-		return res;
-	case E_CHOICE:
-	case E_RANGE:
-	case E_NONE:
-		/* panic */;
-	}
-
-	if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
-		expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
-		printf(" = ");
-		expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
-		printf(" ?\n");
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e)
-{
-	struct expr *tmp;
-
-	if (e) switch (e->type) {
-	case E_AND:
-		e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr);
-		e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr);
-		if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
-			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
-				expr_free(e->left.expr);
-				expr_free(e->right.expr);
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
-				e->right.expr = NULL;
-				return e;
-			} else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
-				free(e->left.expr);
-				tmp = e->right.expr;
-				*e = *(e->right.expr);
-				free(tmp);
-				return e;
-			}
-		}
-		if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
-			if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
-				expr_free(e->left.expr);
-				expr_free(e->right.expr);
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
-				e->right.expr = NULL;
-				return e;
-			} else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
-				free(e->right.expr);
-				tmp = e->left.expr;
-				*e = *(e->left.expr);
-				free(tmp);
-				return e;
-			}
-		}
-		break;
-	case E_OR:
-		e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr);
-		e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr);
-		if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
-			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
-				free(e->left.expr);
-				tmp = e->right.expr;
-				*e = *(e->right.expr);
-				free(tmp);
-				return e;
-			} else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
-				expr_free(e->left.expr);
-				expr_free(e->right.expr);
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
-				e->right.expr = NULL;
-				return e;
-			}
-		}
-		if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
-			if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
-				free(e->right.expr);
-				tmp = e->left.expr;
-				*e = *(e->left.expr);
-				free(tmp);
-				return e;
-			} else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
-				expr_free(e->left.expr);
-				expr_free(e->right.expr);
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
-				e->right.expr = NULL;
-				return e;
-			}
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	return e;
-}
-
-/*
- * bool FOO!=n => FOO
- */
-struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e)
-{
-	if (!e)
-		return NULL;
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_AND:
-	case E_OR:
-	case E_NOT:
-		e->left.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->left.expr);
-		e->right.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->right.expr);
-		break;
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		// FOO!=n -> FOO
-		if (e->left.sym->type == S_TRISTATE) {
-			if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->right.sym = NULL;
-			}
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	return e;
-}
-
-/*
- * e1 || e2 -> ?
- */
-struct expr *expr_join_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
-{
-	struct expr *tmp;
-	struct symbol *sym1, *sym2;
-
-	if (expr_eq(e1, e2))
-		return expr_copy(e1);
-	if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT)
-		return NULL;
-	if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT)
-		return NULL;
-	if (e1->type == E_NOT) {
-		tmp = e1->left.expr;
-		if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL)
-			return NULL;
-		sym1 = tmp->left.sym;
-	} else
-		sym1 = e1->left.sym;
-	if (e2->type == E_NOT) {
-		if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
-			return NULL;
-		sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym;
-	} else
-		sym2 = e2->left.sym;
-	if (sym1 != sym2)
-		return NULL;
-	if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE)
-		return NULL;
-	if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) {
-		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
-		    ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
-		     (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) {
-			// (a='y') || (a='m') -> (a!='n')
-			return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no);
-		}
-		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
-		    ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
-		     (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) {
-			// (a='y') || (a='n') -> (a!='m')
-			return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod);
-		}
-		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
-		    ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
-		     (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod))) {
-			// (a='m') || (a='n') -> (a!='y')
-			return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
-		}
-	}
-	if (sym1->type == S_BOOLEAN && sym1 == sym2) {
-		if ((e1->type == E_NOT && e1->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL) ||
-		    (e2->type == E_NOT && e2->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_SYMBOL))
-			return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-	}
-
-	if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
-		printf("optimize (");
-		expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
-		printf(") || (");
-		expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
-		printf(")?\n");
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_join_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
-{
-	struct expr *tmp;
-	struct symbol *sym1, *sym2;
-
-	if (expr_eq(e1, e2))
-		return expr_copy(e1);
-	if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT)
-		return NULL;
-	if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT)
-		return NULL;
-	if (e1->type == E_NOT) {
-		tmp = e1->left.expr;
-		if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL)
-			return NULL;
-		sym1 = tmp->left.sym;
-	} else
-		sym1 = e1->left.sym;
-	if (e2->type == E_NOT) {
-		if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
-			return NULL;
-		sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym;
-	} else
-		sym2 = e2->left.sym;
-	if (sym1 != sym2)
-		return NULL;
-	if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE)
-		return NULL;
-
-	if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) ||
-	    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes))
-		// (a) && (a='y') -> (a='y')
-		return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
-
-	if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
-	    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_no))
-		// (a) && (a!='n') -> (a)
-		return expr_alloc_symbol(sym1);
-
-	if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
-	    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod))
-		// (a) && (a!='m') -> (a='y')
-		return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
-
-	if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) {
-		if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL) {
-			// (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b'
-			sym2 = e1->right.sym;
-			if ((e2->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
-				return sym2 != e2->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2)
-							     : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-		}
-		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL) {
-			// (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b'
-			sym2 = e2->right.sym;
-			if ((e1->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
-				return sym2 != e1->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2)
-							     : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-		}
-		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
-			   ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
-			    (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes)))
-			// (a!='y') && (a!='n') -> (a='m')
-			return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod);
-
-		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
-			   ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
-			    (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes)))
-			// (a!='y') && (a!='m') -> (a='n')
-			return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no);
-
-		if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
-			   ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
-			    (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod)))
-			// (a!='m') && (a!='n') -> (a='m')
-			return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
-
-		if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
-		    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
-		    (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) ||
-		    (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes))
-			return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
-		printf("optimize (");
-		expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
-		printf(") && (");
-		expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
-		printf(")?\n");
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static void expr_eliminate_dups1(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
-{
-#define e1 (*ep1)
-#define e2 (*ep2)
-	struct expr *tmp;
-
-	if (e1->type == type) {
-		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
-		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (e2->type == type) {
-		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
-		expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (e1 == e2)
-		return;
-
-	switch (e1->type) {
-	case E_OR: case E_AND:
-		expr_eliminate_dups1(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-
-	switch (type) {
-	case E_OR:
-		tmp = expr_join_or(e1, e2);
-		if (tmp) {
-			expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
-			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-			e2 = tmp;
-			trans_count++;
-		}
-		break;
-	case E_AND:
-		tmp = expr_join_and(e1, e2);
-		if (tmp) {
-			expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
-			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-			e2 = tmp;
-			trans_count++;
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-#undef e1
-#undef e2
-}
-
-static void expr_eliminate_dups2(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
-{
-#define e1 (*ep1)
-#define e2 (*ep2)
-	struct expr *tmp, *tmp1, *tmp2;
-
-	if (e1->type == type) {
-		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
-		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (e2->type == type) {
-		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
-		expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
-	}
-	if (e1 == e2)
-		return;
-
-	switch (e1->type) {
-	case E_OR:
-		expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
-		// (FOO || BAR) && (!FOO && !BAR) -> n
-		tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1)));
-		tmp2 = expr_copy(e2);
-		tmp = expr_extract_eq_and(&tmp1, &tmp2);
-		if (expr_is_yes(tmp1)) {
-			expr_free(e1);
-			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-			trans_count++;
-		}
-		expr_free(tmp2);
-		expr_free(tmp1);
-		expr_free(tmp);
-		break;
-	case E_AND:
-		expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
-		// (FOO && BAR) || (!FOO || !BAR) -> y
-		tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1)));
-		tmp2 = expr_copy(e2);
-		tmp = expr_extract_eq_or(&tmp1, &tmp2);
-		if (expr_is_no(tmp1)) {
-			expr_free(e1);
-			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-			trans_count++;
-		}
-		expr_free(tmp2);
-		expr_free(tmp1);
-		expr_free(tmp);
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-#undef e1
-#undef e2
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e)
-{
-	int oldcount;
-	if (!e)
-		return e;
-
-	oldcount = trans_count;
-	while (1) {
-		trans_count = 0;
-		switch (e->type) {
-		case E_OR: case E_AND:
-			expr_eliminate_dups1(e->type, &e, &e);
-			expr_eliminate_dups2(e->type, &e, &e);
-		default:
-			;
-		}
-		if (!trans_count)
-			break;
-		e = expr_eliminate_yn(e);
-	}
-	trans_count = oldcount;
-	return e;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e)
-{
-	struct expr *tmp;
-
-	if (!e)
-		return NULL;
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_EQUAL:
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-	case E_CHOICE:
-		break;
-	default:
-		e->left.expr = expr_transform(e->left.expr);
-		e->right.expr = expr_transform(e->right.expr);
-	}
-
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_EQUAL:
-		if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN)
-			break;
-		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
-			e->type = E_NOT;
-			e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym);
-			e->right.sym = NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) {
-			printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'n'\n", e->left.sym->name);
-			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-			e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
-			e->right.sym = NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) {
-			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-			e->right.sym = NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-		break;
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN)
-			break;
-		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
-			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-			e->right.sym = NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) {
-			printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'y'\n", e->left.sym->name);
-			e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-			e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
-			e->right.sym = NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-		if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) {
-			e->type = E_NOT;
-			e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym);
-			e->right.sym = NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-		break;
-	case E_NOT:
-		switch (e->left.expr->type) {
-		case E_NOT:
-			// !!a -> a
-			tmp = e->left.expr->left.expr;
-			free(e->left.expr);
-			free(e);
-			e = tmp;
-			e = expr_transform(e);
-			break;
-		case E_EQUAL:
-		case E_UNEQUAL:
-			// !a='x' -> a!='x'
-			tmp = e->left.expr;
-			free(e);
-			e = tmp;
-			e->type = e->type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL;
-			break;
-		case E_OR:
-			// !(a || b) -> !a && !b
-			tmp = e->left.expr;
-			e->type = E_AND;
-			e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr);
-			tmp->type = E_NOT;
-			tmp->right.expr = NULL;
-			e = expr_transform(e);
-			break;
-		case E_AND:
-			// !(a && b) -> !a || !b
-			tmp = e->left.expr;
-			e->type = E_OR;
-			e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr);
-			tmp->type = E_NOT;
-			tmp->right.expr = NULL;
-			e = expr_transform(e);
-			break;
-		case E_SYMBOL:
-			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
-				// !'y' -> 'n'
-				tmp = e->left.expr;
-				free(e);
-				e = tmp;
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
-				break;
-			}
-			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_mod) {
-				// !'m' -> 'm'
-				tmp = e->left.expr;
-				free(e);
-				e = tmp;
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->left.sym = &symbol_mod;
-				break;
-			}
-			if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
-				// !'n' -> 'y'
-				tmp = e->left.expr;
-				free(e);
-				e = tmp;
-				e->type = E_SYMBOL;
-				e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
-				break;
-			}
-			break;
-		default:
-			;
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	return e;
-}
-
-int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	if (!dep)
-		return 0;
-
-	switch (dep->type) {
-	case E_AND:
-	case E_OR:
-		return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) ||
-		       expr_contains_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym);
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		return dep->left.sym == sym;
-	case E_EQUAL:
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		return dep->left.sym == sym ||
-		       dep->right.sym == sym;
-	case E_NOT:
-		return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym);
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	if (!dep)
-		return false;
-
-	switch (dep->type) {
-	case E_AND:
-		return expr_depends_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) ||
-		       expr_depends_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym);
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		return dep->left.sym == sym;
-	case E_EQUAL:
-		if (dep->left.sym == sym) {
-			if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_yes || dep->right.sym == &symbol_mod)
-				return true;
-		}
-		break;
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		if (dep->left.sym == sym) {
-			if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_no)
-				return true;
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
- 	return false;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
-{
-	struct expr *tmp = NULL;
-	expr_extract_eq(E_AND, &tmp, ep1, ep2);
-	if (tmp) {
-		*ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1);
-		*ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2);
-	}
-	return tmp;
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
-{
-	struct expr *tmp = NULL;
-	expr_extract_eq(E_OR, &tmp, ep1, ep2);
-	if (tmp) {
-		*ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1);
-		*ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2);
-	}
-	return tmp;
-}
-
-void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
-{
-#define e1 (*ep1)
-#define e2 (*ep2)
-	if (e1->type == type) {
-		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
-		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (e2->type == type) {
-		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->left.expr);
-		expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->right.expr);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (expr_eq(e1, e2)) {
-		*ep = *ep ? expr_alloc_two(type, *ep, e1) : e1;
-		expr_free(e2);
-		if (type == E_AND) {
-			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-			e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-		} else if (type == E_OR) {
-			e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-			e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-		}
-	}
-#undef e1
-#undef e2
-}
-
-struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct expr *e1, *e2;
-
-	if (!e) {
-		e = expr_alloc_symbol(sym);
-		if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
-			e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
-		return e;
-	}
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_AND:
-		e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
-		e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
-		if (sym == &symbol_yes)
-			e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2);
-		if (sym == &symbol_no)
-			e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2);
-		if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
-			e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
-		return e;
-	case E_OR:
-		e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
-		e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
-		if (sym == &symbol_yes)
-			e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2);
-		if (sym == &symbol_no)
-			e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2);
-		if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
-			e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
-		return e;
-	case E_NOT:
-		return expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL, sym);
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-	case E_EQUAL:
-		if (type == E_EQUAL) {
-			if (sym == &symbol_yes)
-				return expr_copy(e);
-			if (sym == &symbol_mod)
-				return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
-			if (sym == &symbol_no)
-				return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e));
-		} else {
-			if (sym == &symbol_yes)
-				return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e));
-			if (sym == &symbol_mod)
-				return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
-			if (sym == &symbol_no)
-				return expr_copy(e);
-		}
-		break;
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		return expr_alloc_comp(type, e->left.sym, sym);
-	case E_CHOICE:
-	case E_RANGE:
-	case E_NONE:
-		/* panic */;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e)
-{
-	tristate val1, val2;
-	const char *str1, *str2;
-
-	if (!e)
-		return yes;
-
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
-		return e->left.sym->curr.tri;
-	case E_AND:
-		val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
-		val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr);
-		return E_AND(val1, val2);
-	case E_OR:
-		val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
-		val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr);
-		return E_OR(val1, val2);
-	case E_NOT:
-		val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
-		return E_NOT(val1);
-	case E_EQUAL:
-		sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
-		sym_calc_value(e->right.sym);
-		str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym);
-		str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym);
-		return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? yes : no;
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
-		sym_calc_value(e->right.sym);
-		str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym);
-		str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym);
-		return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? no : yes;
-	default:
-		printf("expr_calc_value: %d?\n", e->type);
-		return no;
-	}
-}
-
-int expr_compare_type(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2)
-{
-#if 0
-	return 1;
-#else
-	if (t1 == t2)
-		return 0;
-	switch (t1) {
-	case E_EQUAL:
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		if (t2 == E_NOT)
-			return 1;
-	case E_NOT:
-		if (t2 == E_AND)
-			return 1;
-	case E_AND:
-		if (t2 == E_OR)
-			return 1;
-	case E_OR:
-		if (t2 == E_CHOICE)
-			return 1;
-	case E_CHOICE:
-		if (t2 == 0)
-			return 1;
-	default:
-		return -1;
-	}
-	printf("[%dgt%d?]", t1, t2);
-	return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-void expr_print(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken)
-{
-	if (!e) {
-		fn(data, "y");
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0)
-		fn(data, "(");
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		if (e->left.sym->name)
-			fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
-		else
-			fn(data, "<choice>");
-		break;
-	case E_NOT:
-		fn(data, "!");
-		expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_NOT);
-		break;
-	case E_EQUAL:
-		fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
-		fn(data, "=");
-		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
-		break;
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
-		fn(data, "!=");
-		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
-		break;
-	case E_OR:
-		expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_OR);
-		fn(data, " || ");
-		expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_OR);
-		break;
-	case E_AND:
-		expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_AND);
-		fn(data, " && ");
-		expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_AND);
-		break;
-	case E_CHOICE:
-		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
-		if (e->left.expr) {
-			fn(data, " ^ ");
-			expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_CHOICE);
-		}
-		break;
-	case E_RANGE:
-		fn(data, "[");
-		fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
-		fn(data, " ");
-		fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
-		fn(data, "]");
-		break;
-	default:
-	  {
-		char buf[32];
-		sprintf(buf, "<unknown type %d>", e->type);
-		fn(data, buf);
-		break;
-	  }
-	}
-	if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0)
-		fn(data, ")");
-}
-
-static void expr_print_file_helper(void *data, const char *str)
-{
-	fwrite(str, strlen(str), 1, data);
-}
-
-void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out)
-{
-	expr_print(e, expr_print_file_helper, out, E_NONE);
-}

+ 0 - 194
config/expr.h

@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#ifndef EXPR_H
-#define EXPR_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#endif
-
-struct file {
-	struct file *next;
-	struct file *parent;
-	char *name;
-	int lineno;
-	int flags;
-};
-
-#define FILE_BUSY		0x0001
-#define FILE_SCANNED		0x0002
-#define FILE_PRINTED		0x0004
-
-typedef enum tristate {
-	no, mod, yes
-} tristate;
-
-enum expr_type {
-	E_NONE, E_OR, E_AND, E_NOT, E_EQUAL, E_UNEQUAL, E_CHOICE, E_SYMBOL, E_RANGE
-};
-
-union expr_data {
-	struct expr *expr;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-};
-
-struct expr {
-	enum expr_type type;
-	union expr_data left, right;
-};
-
-#define E_OR(dep1, dep2)	(((dep1)>(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2))
-#define E_AND(dep1, dep2)	(((dep1)<(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2))
-#define E_NOT(dep)		(2-(dep))
-
-struct expr_value {
-	struct expr *expr;
-	tristate tri;
-};
-
-struct symbol_value {
-	void *val;
-	tristate tri;
-};
-
-enum symbol_type {
-	S_UNKNOWN, S_BOOLEAN, S_TRISTATE, S_INT, S_HEX, S_STRING, S_OTHER
-};
-
-struct symbol {
-	struct symbol *next;
-	char *name;
-	char *help;
-	enum symbol_type type;
-	struct symbol_value curr, user;
-	tristate visible;
-	int flags;
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct expr *dep, *dep2;
-	struct expr_value rev_dep;
-	struct expr_value rev_dep_inv;
-};
-
-#define for_all_symbols(i, sym) for (i = 0; i < 257; i++) for (sym = symbol_hash[i]; sym; sym = sym->next) if (sym->type != S_OTHER)
-
-#define SYMBOL_YES		0x0001
-#define SYMBOL_MOD		0x0002
-#define SYMBOL_NO		0x0004
-#define SYMBOL_CONST		0x0007
-#define SYMBOL_CHECK		0x0008
-#define SYMBOL_CHOICE		0x0010
-#define SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL	0x0020
-#define SYMBOL_PRINTED		0x0040
-#define SYMBOL_VALID		0x0080
-#define SYMBOL_OPTIONAL		0x0100
-#define SYMBOL_WRITE		0x0200
-#define SYMBOL_CHANGED		0x0400
-#define SYMBOL_NEW		0x0800
-#define SYMBOL_AUTO		0x1000
-#define SYMBOL_CHECKED		0x2000
-#define SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE	0x4000
-#define SYMBOL_WARNED		0x8000
-
-#define SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH	256
-#define SYMBOL_HASHSIZE		257
-#define SYMBOL_HASHMASK		0xff
-
-enum prop_type {
-	P_UNKNOWN, P_PROMPT, P_COMMENT, P_MENU, P_DEFAULT, P_CHOICE, P_SELECT, P_SELECTNOT, P_RANGE
-};
-
-struct property {
-	struct property *next;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	enum prop_type type;
-	const char *text;
-	struct expr_value visible;
-	struct expr *expr;
-	struct menu *menu;
-	struct file *file;
-	int lineno;
-};
-
-#define for_all_properties(sym, st, tok) \
-	for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \
-		if (st->type == (tok))
-#define for_all_defaults(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_DEFAULT)
-#define for_all_choices(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_CHOICE)
-#define for_all_prompts(sym, st) \
-	for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \
-		if (st->text)
-
-struct menu {
-	struct menu *next;
-	struct menu *parent;
-	struct menu *list;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct property *prompt;
-	struct expr *dep;
-	unsigned int flags;
-	//char *help;
-	struct file *file;
-	int lineno;
-	void *data;
-};
-
-#define MENU_CHANGED		0x0001
-#define MENU_ROOT		0x0002
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-extern struct file *file_list;
-extern struct file *current_file;
-struct file *lookup_file(const char *name);
-
-extern struct symbol symbol_yes, symbol_no, symbol_mod;
-extern struct symbol *modules_sym;
-extern int cdebug;
-struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym);
-struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce);
-struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
-struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2);
-struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
-struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
-struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org);
-void expr_free(struct expr *e);
-int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
-void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
-tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e);
-struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e);
-struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e);
-struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e);
-struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e);
-int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym);
-bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym);
-struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
-struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
-void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
-struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym);
-
-void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out);
-
-static inline int expr_is_yes(struct expr *e)
-{
-	return !e || (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_yes);
-}
-
-static inline int expr_is_no(struct expr *e)
-{
-	return e && (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_no);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* EXPR_H */

+ 0 - 848
config/glob.c

@@ -1,848 +0,0 @@
-/*	$OpenBSD: glob.c,v 1.25 2005/08/08 08:05:34 espie Exp $ */
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
- * Guido van Rossum.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/*
- * glob(3) -- a superset of the one defined in POSIX 1003.2.
- *
- * The [!...] convention to negate a range is supported (SysV, Posix, ksh).
- *
- * Optional extra services, controlled by flags not defined by POSIX:
- *
- * GLOB_QUOTE:
- *	Escaping convention: \ inhibits any special meaning the following
- *	character might have (except \ at end of string is retained).
- * GLOB_MAGCHAR:
- *	Set in gl_flags if pattern contained a globbing character.
- * GLOB_NOMAGIC:
- *	Same as GLOB_NOCHECK, but it will only append pattern if it did
- *	not contain any magic characters.  [Used in csh style globbing]
- * GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC:
- *	Use alternately specified directory access functions.
- * GLOB_TILDE:
- *	expand ~user/foo to the /home/dir/of/user/foo
- * GLOB_BRACE:
- *	expand {1,2}{a,b} to 1a 1b 2a 2b
- * gl_matchc:
- *	Number of matches in the current invocation of glob.
- */
-
-#ifdef __APPLE__
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <glob.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#define	DOLLAR		'$'
-#define	DOT		'.'
-#define	EOS		'\0'
-#define	LBRACKET	'['
-#define	NOT		'!'
-#define	QUESTION	'?'
-#define	QUOTE		'\\'
-#define	RANGE		'-'
-#define	RBRACKET	']'
-#define	SEP		'/'
-#define	STAR		'*'
-#define	TILDE		'~'
-#define	UNDERSCORE	'_'
-#define	LBRACE		'{'
-#define	RBRACE		'}'
-#define	SLASH		'/'
-#define	COMMA		','
-
-#ifndef DEBUG
-
-#define	M_QUOTE		0x8000
-#define	M_PROTECT	0x4000
-#define	M_MASK		0xffff
-#define	M_ASCII		0x00ff
-
-typedef u_short Char;
-
-#else
-
-#define	M_QUOTE		0x80
-#define	M_PROTECT	0x40
-#define	M_MASK		0xff
-#define	M_ASCII		0x7f
-
-typedef char Char;
-
-#endif
-
-
-#define	CHAR(c)		((Char)((c)&M_ASCII))
-#define	META(c)		((Char)((c)|M_QUOTE))
-#define	M_ALL		META('*')
-#define	M_END		META(']')
-#define	M_NOT		META('!')
-#define	M_ONE		META('?')
-#define	M_RNG		META('-')
-#define	M_SET		META('[')
-#define	ismeta(c)	(((c)&M_QUOTE) != 0)
-
-
-static int	 compare(const void *, const void *);
-static int	 g_Ctoc(const Char *, char *, u_int);
-static int	 g_lstat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *);
-static DIR	*g_opendir(Char *, glob_t *);
-static const Char *g_strchr(const Char *, int);
-static int	 g_stat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *);
-static int	 glob0(const Char *, glob_t *);
-static int	 glob1(Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
-static int	 glob2(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *,
-		    glob_t *, size_t *);
-static int	 glob3(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *,
-		    Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
-static int	 globextend(const Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
-static const Char *
-		 globtilde(const Char *, Char *, size_t, glob_t *);
-static int	 globexp1(const Char *, glob_t *);
-static int	 globexp2(const Char *, const Char *, glob_t *, int *);
-static int	 match(Char *, Char *, Char *);
-#ifdef DEBUG
-static void	 qprintf(const char *, Char *);
-#endif
-
-int
-glob(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc)(const char *, int),
-    glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	const u_char *patnext;
-	int c;
-	Char *bufnext, *bufend, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-	patnext = (const u_char *) pattern;
-	if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND)) {
-		pglob->gl_pathc = 0;
-		pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
-		if (!(flags & GLOB_DOOFFS))
-			pglob->gl_offs = 0;
-	}
-	pglob->gl_flags = flags & ~GLOB_MAGCHAR;
-	pglob->gl_errfunc = errfunc;
-	pglob->gl_matchc = 0;
-
-	bufnext = patbuf;
-	bufend = bufnext + MAXPATHLEN - 1;
-	if (flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE)
-		while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS)
-			*bufnext++ = c;
-	else {
-		/* Protect the quoted characters. */
-		while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS)
-			if (c == QUOTE) {
-				if ((c = *patnext++) == EOS) {
-					c = QUOTE;
-					--patnext;
-				}
-				*bufnext++ = c | M_PROTECT;
-			} else
-				*bufnext++ = c;
-	}
-	*bufnext = EOS;
-
-	if (flags & GLOB_BRACE)
-		return globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
-	else
-		return glob0(patbuf, pglob);
-}
-
-/*
- * Expand recursively a glob {} pattern. When there is no more expansion
- * invoke the standard globbing routine to glob the rest of the magic
- * characters
- */
-static int
-globexp1(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	const Char* ptr = pattern;
-	int rv;
-
-	/* Protect a single {}, for find(1), like csh */
-	if (pattern[0] == LBRACE && pattern[1] == RBRACE && pattern[2] == EOS)
-		return glob0(pattern, pglob);
-
-	while ((ptr = g_strchr(ptr, LBRACE)) != NULL)
-		if (!globexp2(ptr, pattern, pglob, &rv))
-			return rv;
-
-	return glob0(pattern, pglob);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Recursive brace globbing helper. Tries to expand a single brace.
- * If it succeeds then it invokes globexp1 with the new pattern.
- * If it fails then it tries to glob the rest of the pattern and returns.
- */
-static int
-globexp2(const Char *ptr, const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, int *rv)
-{
-	int     i;
-	Char   *lm, *ls;
-	const Char *pe, *pm, *pl;
-	Char    patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-	/* copy part up to the brace */
-	for (lm = patbuf, pm = pattern; pm != ptr; *lm++ = *pm++)
-		;
-	*lm = EOS;
-	ls = lm;
-
-	/* Find the balanced brace */
-	for (i = 0, pe = ++ptr; *pe; pe++)
-		if (*pe == LBRACKET) {
-			/* Ignore everything between [] */
-			for (pm = pe++; *pe != RBRACKET && *pe != EOS; pe++)
-				;
-			if (*pe == EOS) {
-				/*
-				 * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
-				 * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
-				 */
-				pe = pm;
-			}
-		} else if (*pe == LBRACE)
-			i++;
-		else if (*pe == RBRACE) {
-			if (i == 0)
-				break;
-			i--;
-		}
-
-	/* Non matching braces; just glob the pattern */
-	if (i != 0 || *pe == EOS) {
-		*rv = glob0(patbuf, pglob);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	for (i = 0, pl = pm = ptr; pm <= pe; pm++) {
-		switch (*pm) {
-		case LBRACKET:
-			/* Ignore everything between [] */
-			for (pl = pm++; *pm != RBRACKET && *pm != EOS; pm++)
-				;
-			if (*pm == EOS) {
-				/*
-				 * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
-				 * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
-				 */
-				pm = pl;
-			}
-			break;
-
-		case LBRACE:
-			i++;
-			break;
-
-		case RBRACE:
-			if (i) {
-				i--;
-				break;
-			}
-			/* FALLTHROUGH */
-		case COMMA:
-			if (i && *pm == COMMA)
-				break;
-			else {
-				/* Append the current string */
-				for (lm = ls; (pl < pm); *lm++ = *pl++)
-					;
-
-				/*
-				 * Append the rest of the pattern after the
-				 * closing brace
-				 */
-				for (pl = pe + 1; (*lm++ = *pl++) != EOS; )
-					;
-
-				/* Expand the current pattern */
-#ifdef DEBUG
-				qprintf("globexp2:", patbuf);
-#endif
-				*rv = globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
-
-				/* move after the comma, to the next string */
-				pl = pm + 1;
-			}
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	*rv = 0;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- * expand tilde from the passwd file.
- */
-static const Char *
-globtilde(const Char *pattern, Char *patbuf, size_t patbuf_len, glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	struct passwd *pwd;
-	char *h;
-	const Char *p;
-	Char *b, *eb;
-
-	if (*pattern != TILDE || !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_TILDE))
-		return pattern;
-
-	/* Copy up to the end of the string or / */
-	eb = &patbuf[patbuf_len - 1];
-	for (p = pattern + 1, h = (char *) patbuf;
-	    h < (char *)eb && *p && *p != SLASH; *h++ = *p++)
-		;
-
-	*h = EOS;
-
-#if 0
-	if (h == (char *)eb)
-		return what;
-#endif
-
-	if (((char *) patbuf)[0] == EOS) {
-		/*
-		 * handle a plain ~ or ~/ by expanding $HOME
-		 * first and then trying the password file
-		 */
-		if (issetugid() != 0 || (h = getenv("HOME")) == NULL) {
-			if ((pwd = getpwuid(getuid())) == NULL)
-				return pattern;
-			else
-				h = pwd->pw_dir;
-		}
-	} else {
-		/*
-		 * Expand a ~user
-		 */
-		if ((pwd = getpwnam((char*) patbuf)) == NULL)
-			return pattern;
-		else
-			h = pwd->pw_dir;
-	}
-
-	/* Copy the home directory */
-	for (b = patbuf; b < eb && *h; *b++ = *h++)
-		;
-
-	/* Append the rest of the pattern */
-	while (b < eb && (*b++ = *p++) != EOS)
-		;
-	*b = EOS;
-
-	return patbuf;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * The main glob() routine: compiles the pattern (optionally processing
- * quotes), calls glob1() to do the real pattern matching, and finally
- * sorts the list (unless unsorted operation is requested).  Returns 0
- * if things went well, nonzero if errors occurred.  It is not an error
- * to find no matches.
- */
-static int
-glob0(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	const Char *qpatnext;
-	int c, err, oldpathc;
-	Char *bufnext, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-	size_t limit = 0;
-
-	qpatnext = globtilde(pattern, patbuf, MAXPATHLEN, pglob);
-	oldpathc = pglob->gl_pathc;
-	bufnext = patbuf;
-
-	/* We don't need to check for buffer overflow any more. */
-	while ((c = *qpatnext++) != EOS) {
-		switch (c) {
-		case LBRACKET:
-			c = *qpatnext;
-			if (c == NOT)
-				++qpatnext;
-			if (*qpatnext == EOS ||
-			    g_strchr(qpatnext+1, RBRACKET) == NULL) {
-				*bufnext++ = LBRACKET;
-				if (c == NOT)
-					--qpatnext;
-				break;
-			}
-			*bufnext++ = M_SET;
-			if (c == NOT)
-				*bufnext++ = M_NOT;
-			c = *qpatnext++;
-			do {
-				*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
-				if (*qpatnext == RANGE &&
-				    (c = qpatnext[1]) != RBRACKET) {
-					*bufnext++ = M_RNG;
-					*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
-					qpatnext += 2;
-				}
-			} while ((c = *qpatnext++) != RBRACKET);
-			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
-			*bufnext++ = M_END;
-			break;
-		case QUESTION:
-			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
-			*bufnext++ = M_ONE;
-			break;
-		case STAR:
-			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
-			/* collapse adjacent stars to one,
-			 * to avoid exponential behavior
-			 */
-			if (bufnext == patbuf || bufnext[-1] != M_ALL)
-				*bufnext++ = M_ALL;
-			break;
-		default:
-			*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	*bufnext = EOS;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-	qprintf("glob0:", patbuf);
-#endif
-
-	if ((err = glob1(patbuf, patbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1, pglob, &limit)) != 0)
-		return(err);
-
-	/*
-	 * If there was no match we are going to append the pattern
-	 * if GLOB_NOCHECK was specified or if GLOB_NOMAGIC was specified
-	 * and the pattern did not contain any magic characters
-	 * GLOB_NOMAGIC is there just for compatibility with csh.
-	 */
-	if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldpathc) {
-		if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOCHECK) ||
-		    ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) &&
-		    !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR)))
-			return(globextend(pattern, pglob, &limit));
-		else
-			return(GLOB_NOMATCH);
-	}
-	if (!(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOSORT))
-		qsort(pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs + oldpathc,
-		    pglob->gl_pathc - oldpathc, sizeof(char *), compare);
-	return(0);
-}
-
-static int
-compare(const void *p, const void *q)
-{
-	return(strcmp(*(char *const *)p, *(char *const *)q));
-}
-
-static int
-glob1(Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
-{
-	Char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-	/* A null pathname is invalid -- POSIX 1003.1 sect. 2.4. */
-	if (*pattern == EOS)
-		return(0);
-	return(glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1,
-	    pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1,
-	    pattern, pattern_last, pglob, limitp));
-}
-
-/*
- * The functions glob2 and glob3 are mutually recursive; there is one level
- * of recursion for each segment in the pattern that contains one or more
- * meta characters.
- */
-static int
-glob2(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last,
-    Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
-{
-	struct stat sb;
-	Char *p, *q;
-	int anymeta;
-
-	/*
-	 * Loop over pattern segments until end of pattern or until
-	 * segment with meta character found.
-	 */
-	for (anymeta = 0;;) {
-		if (*pattern == EOS) {		/* End of pattern? */
-			*pathend = EOS;
-			if (g_lstat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob))
-				return(0);
-
-			if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MARK) &&
-			    pathend[-1] != SEP) && (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode) ||
-			    (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode) &&
-			    (g_stat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob) == 0) &&
-			    S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)))) {
-				if (pathend+1 > pathend_last)
-					return (1);
-				*pathend++ = SEP;
-				*pathend = EOS;
-			}
-			++pglob->gl_matchc;
-			return(globextend(pathbuf, pglob, limitp));
-		}
-
-		/* Find end of next segment, copy tentatively to pathend. */
-		q = pathend;
-		p = pattern;
-		while (*p != EOS && *p != SEP) {
-			if (ismeta(*p))
-				anymeta = 1;
-			if (q+1 > pathend_last)
-				return (1);
-			*q++ = *p++;
-		}
-
-		if (!anymeta) {		/* No expansion, do next segment. */
-			pathend = q;
-			pattern = p;
-			while (*pattern == SEP) {
-				if (pathend+1 > pathend_last)
-					return (1);
-				*pathend++ = *pattern++;
-			}
-		} else
-			/* Need expansion, recurse. */
-			return(glob3(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, pathend,
-			    pathend_last, pattern, pattern_last,
-			    p, pattern_last, pglob, limitp));
-	}
-	/* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-static int
-glob3(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last,
-    Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last __attribute__((unused)), Char *restpattern,
-    Char *restpattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
-{
-	struct dirent *dp;
-	DIR *dirp;
-	int err;
-	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-	/*
-	 * The readdirfunc declaration can't be prototyped, because it is
-	 * assigned, below, to two functions which are prototyped in glob.h
-	 * and dirent.h as taking pointers to differently typed opaque
-	 * structures.
-	 */
-	struct dirent *(*readdirfunc)(void *);
-
-	if (pathend > pathend_last)
-		return (1);
-	*pathend = EOS;
-	errno = 0;
-
-	if ((dirp = g_opendir(pathbuf, pglob)) == NULL) {
-		/* TODO: don't call for ENOENT or ENOTDIR? */
-		if (pglob->gl_errfunc) {
-			if (g_Ctoc(pathbuf, buf, sizeof(buf)))
-				return(GLOB_ABORTED);
-			if (pglob->gl_errfunc(buf, errno) ||
-			    pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ERR)
-				return(GLOB_ABORTED);
-		}
-		return(0);
-	}
-
-	err = 0;
-
-	/* Search directory for matching names. */
-	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
-		readdirfunc = pglob->gl_readdir;
-	else
-		readdirfunc = (struct dirent *(*)(void *))readdir;
-	while ((dp = (*readdirfunc)(dirp))) {
-		u_char *sc;
-		Char *dc;
-
-		/* Initial DOT must be matched literally. */
-		if (dp->d_name[0] == DOT && *pattern != DOT)
-			continue;
-		dc = pathend;
-		sc = (u_char *) dp->d_name;
-		while (dc < pathend_last && (*dc++ = *sc++) != EOS)
-			;
-		if (dc >= pathend_last) {
-			*dc = EOS;
-			err = 1;
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (!match(pathend, pattern, restpattern)) {
-			*pathend = EOS;
-			continue;
-		}
-		err = glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, --dc, pathend_last,
-		    restpattern, restpattern_last, pglob, limitp);
-		if (err)
-			break;
-	}
-
-	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
-		(*pglob->gl_closedir)(dirp);
-	else
-		closedir(dirp);
-	return(err);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Extend the gl_pathv member of a glob_t structure to accommodate a new item,
- * add the new item, and update gl_pathc.
- *
- * This assumes the BSD realloc, which only copies the block when its size
- * crosses a power-of-two boundary; for v7 realloc, this would cause quadratic
- * behavior.
- *
- * Return 0 if new item added, error code if memory couldn't be allocated.
- *
- * Invariant of the glob_t structure:
- *	Either gl_pathc is zero and gl_pathv is NULL; or gl_pathc > 0 and
- *	gl_pathv points to (gl_offs + gl_pathc + 1) items.
- */
-static int
-globextend(const Char *path, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
-{
-	char **pathv;
-	int i;
-	u_int newsize, len;
-	char *copy;
-	const Char *p;
-
-	newsize = sizeof(*pathv) * (2 + pglob->gl_pathc + pglob->gl_offs);
-	pathv = pglob->gl_pathv ? realloc((char *)pglob->gl_pathv, newsize) :
-	    malloc(newsize);
-	if (pathv == NULL) {
-		if (pglob->gl_pathv) {
-			free(pglob->gl_pathv);
-			pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
-		}
-		return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
-	}
-
-	if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL && pglob->gl_offs > 0) {
-		/* first time around -- clear initial gl_offs items */
-		pathv += pglob->gl_offs;
-		for (i = pglob->gl_offs; --i >= 0; )
-			*--pathv = NULL;
-	}
-	pglob->gl_pathv = pathv;
-
-	for (p = path; *p++;)
-		;
-	len = (size_t)(p - path);
-	*limitp += len;
-	if ((copy = malloc(len)) != NULL) {
-		if (g_Ctoc(path, copy, len)) {
-			free(copy);
-			return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
-		}
-		pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc++] = copy;
-	}
-	pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL;
-
-	if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_LIMIT) &&
-	    newsize + *limitp >= ARG_MAX) {
-		errno = 0;
-		return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
-	}
-
-	return(copy == NULL ? GLOB_NOSPACE : 0);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * pattern matching function for filenames.  Each occurrence of the *
- * pattern causes a recursion level.
- */
-static int
-match(Char *name, Char *pat, Char *patend)
-{
-	int ok, negate_range;
-	Char c, k;
-
-	while (pat < patend) {
-		c = *pat++;
-		switch (c & M_MASK) {
-		case M_ALL:
-			if (pat == patend)
-				return(1);
-			do {
-			    if (match(name, pat, patend))
-				    return(1);
-			} while (*name++ != EOS);
-			return(0);
-		case M_ONE:
-			if (*name++ == EOS)
-				return(0);
-			break;
-		case M_SET:
-			ok = 0;
-			if ((k = *name++) == EOS)
-				return(0);
-			if ((negate_range = ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_NOT)) != EOS)
-				++pat;
-			while (((c = *pat++) & M_MASK) != M_END)
-				if ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_RNG) {
-					if (c <= k && k <= pat[1])
-						ok = 1;
-					pat += 2;
-				} else if (c == k)
-					ok = 1;
-			if (ok == negate_range)
-				return(0);
-			break;
-		default:
-			if (*name++ != c)
-				return(0);
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return(*name == EOS);
-}
-
-/* Free allocated data belonging to a glob_t structure. */
-void
-globfree(glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	int i;
-	char **pp;
-
-	if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL) {
-		pp = pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs;
-		for (i = pglob->gl_pathc; i--; ++pp)
-			if (*pp)
-				free(*pp);
-		free(pglob->gl_pathv);
-		pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
-static DIR *
-g_opendir(Char *str, glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-	if (!*str)
-		strlcpy(buf, ".", sizeof buf);
-	else {
-		if (g_Ctoc(str, buf, sizeof(buf)))
-			return(NULL);
-	}
-
-	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
-		return((*pglob->gl_opendir)(buf));
-
-	return(opendir(buf));
-}
-
-static int
-g_lstat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-	if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf)))
-		return(-1);
-	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
-		return((*pglob->gl_lstat)(buf, sb));
-	return(lstat(buf, sb));
-}
-
-static int
-g_stat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob)
-{
-	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
-
-	if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf)))
-		return(-1);
-	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
-		return((*pglob->gl_stat)(buf, sb));
-	return(stat(buf, sb));
-}
-
-static const Char *
-g_strchr(const Char *str, int ch)
-{
-	do {
-		if (*str == ch)
-			return (str);
-	} while (*str++);
-	return (NULL);
-}
-
-static int
-g_Ctoc(const Char *str, char *buf, u_int len)
-{
-
-	while (len--) {
-		if ((*buf++ = *str++) == EOS)
-			return (0);
-	}
-	return (1);
-}
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-static void
-qprintf(const char *str, Char *s)
-{
-	Char *p;
-
-	(void)printf("%s:\n", str);
-	for (p = s; *p; p++)
-		(void)printf("%c", CHAR(*p));
-	(void)printf("\n");
-	for (p = s; *p; p++)
-		(void)printf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' ');
-	(void)printf("\n");
-	for (p = s; *p; p++)
-		(void)printf("%c", ismeta(*p) ? '_' : ' ');
-	(void)printf("\n");
-}
-#endif
-#endif

+ 0 - 100
config/glob.h

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/*	$OpenBSD: glob.h,v 1.9 2004/10/07 16:56:11 millert Exp $	*/
-/*	$NetBSD: glob.h,v 1.5 1994/10/26 00:55:56 cgd Exp $	*/
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
- * Guido van Rossum.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- *	@(#)glob.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
- */
-
-#ifndef __APPLE__
-#include_next <glob.h>
-#else
-#ifndef _GLOB_H_
-#define	_GLOB_H_
-
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-
-struct stat;
-typedef struct {
-	int gl_pathc;		/* Count of total paths so far. */
-	int gl_matchc;		/* Count of paths matching pattern. */
-	int gl_offs;		/* Reserved at beginning of gl_pathv. */
-	int gl_flags;		/* Copy of flags parameter to glob. */
-	char **gl_pathv;	/* List of paths matching pattern. */
-				/* Copy of errfunc parameter to glob. */
-	int (*gl_errfunc)(const char *, int);
-
-	/*
-	 * Alternate filesystem access methods for glob; replacement
-	 * versions of closedir(3), readdir(3), opendir(3), stat(2)
-	 * and lstat(2).
-	 */
-	void (*gl_closedir)(void *);
-	struct dirent *(*gl_readdir)(void *);	
-	void *(*gl_opendir)(const char *);
-	int (*gl_lstat)(const char *, struct stat *);
-	int (*gl_stat)(const char *, struct stat *);
-} glob_t;
-
-/* Flags */
-#define	GLOB_APPEND	0x0001	/* Append to output from previous call. */
-#define	GLOB_DOOFFS	0x0002	/* Use gl_offs. */
-#define	GLOB_ERR	0x0004	/* Return on error. */
-#define	GLOB_MARK	0x0008	/* Append / to matching directories. */
-#define	GLOB_NOCHECK	0x0010	/* Return pattern itself if nothing matches. */
-#define	GLOB_NOSORT	0x0020	/* Don't sort. */
-#define	GLOB_NOESCAPE	0x1000	/* Disable backslash escaping. */
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
-#define	GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC	0x0040	/* Use alternately specified directory funcs. */
-#define	GLOB_BRACE	0x0080	/* Expand braces ala csh. */
-#define	GLOB_MAGCHAR	0x0100	/* Pattern had globbing characters. */
-#define	GLOB_NOMAGIC	0x0200	/* GLOB_NOCHECK without magic chars (csh). */
-#define	GLOB_QUOTE	0x0400	/* Quote special chars with \. */
-#define	GLOB_TILDE	0x0800	/* Expand tilde names from the passwd file. */
-#define GLOB_LIMIT	0x2000	/* Limit pattern match output to ARG_MAX */
-#endif
-
-/* Error values returned by glob(3) */
-#define	GLOB_NOSPACE	(-1)	/* Malloc call failed. */
-#define	GLOB_ABORTED	(-2)	/* Unignored error. */
-#define	GLOB_NOMATCH	(-3)	/* No match and GLOB_NOCHECK not set. */
-#define	GLOB_NOSYS	(-4)	/* Function not supported. */
-#define GLOB_ABEND	GLOB_ABORTED
-
-__BEGIN_DECLS
-int	glob(const char *, int, int (*)(const char *, int), glob_t *);
-void	globfree(glob_t *);
-__END_DECLS
-
-#endif /* !_GLOB_H_ */
-#endif

+ 0 - 240
config/inputbox.c

@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  inputbox.c -- implements the input box
- *
- *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-unsigned char dialog_input_result[MAX_LEN + 1];
-
-/*
- *  Print the termination buttons
- */
-static void
-print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
-{
-    int x = width / 2 - 11;
-    int y = height - 2;
-
-    print_button (dialog, "  Ok  ", y, x, selected==0);
-    print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected==1);
-
-    wmove(dialog, y, x+1+14*selected);
-    wrefresh(dialog);
-}
-
-/*
- * Display a dialog box for inputing a string
- */
-int
-dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
-		 const char *init)
-{
-    int i, x, y, box_y, box_x, box_width;
-    int input_x = 0, scroll = 0, key = 0, button = -1;
-    char *instr = (char*)dialog_input_result;
-    WINDOW *dialog;
-
-    /* center dialog box on screen */
-    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
-    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
-
-
-    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
-
-    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
-    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
-
-    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
-    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
-    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
-    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
-	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
-
-    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
-	/* truncate long title -- mec */
-	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
-	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
-	title2[width-2] = '\0';
-	title = title2;
-    }
-
-    if (title != NULL) {
-	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
-	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
-	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
-	waddch (dialog, ' ');
-    }
-
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
-
-    /* Draw the input field box */
-    box_width = width - 6;
-    getyx (dialog, y, x);
-    box_y = y + 2;
-    box_x = (width - box_width) / 2;
-    draw_box (dialog, y + 1, box_x - 1, 3, box_width + 2,
-	      border_attr, dialog_attr);
-
-    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
-
-    /* Set up the initial value */
-    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
-    wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
-
-    if (!init)
-	instr[0] = '\0';
-    else
-	strcpy (instr, init);
-
-    input_x = strlen (instr);
-
-    if (input_x >= box_width) {
-	scroll = input_x - box_width + 1;
-	input_x = box_width - 1;
-	for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
-	    waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
-    } else
-	waddstr (dialog, instr);
-
-    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
-
-    wrefresh (dialog);
-
-    while (key != ESC) {
-	key = wgetch (dialog);
-
-	if (button == -1) {	/* Input box selected */
-	    switch (key) {
-	    case TAB:
-	    case KEY_UP:
-	    case KEY_DOWN:
-		break;
-	    case KEY_LEFT:
-		continue;
-	    case KEY_RIGHT:
-		continue;
-	    case KEY_BACKSPACE:
-	    case 127:
-		if (input_x || scroll) {
-		    wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
-		    if (!input_x) {
-			scroll = scroll < box_width - 1 ?
-			    0 : scroll - (box_width - 1);
-			wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
-			for (i = 0; i < box_width; i++)
-			    waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + input_x + i] ?
-				    instr[scroll + input_x + i] : ' ');
-			input_x = strlen (instr) - scroll;
-		    } else
-			input_x--;
-		    instr[scroll + input_x] = '\0';
-		    mvwaddch (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x, ' ');
-		    wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x);
-		    wrefresh (dialog);
-		}
-		continue;
-	    default:
-		if (key < 0x100 && isprint (key)) {
-		    if (scroll + input_x < MAX_LEN) {
-			wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
-			instr[scroll + input_x] = key;
-			instr[scroll + input_x + 1] = '\0';
-			if (input_x == box_width - 1) {
-			    scroll++;
-			    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
-			    for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
-				waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
-			} else {
-			    wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x++ + box_x);
-			    waddch (dialog, key);
-			}
-			wrefresh (dialog);
-		    } else
-			flash ();	/* Alarm user about overflow */
-		    continue;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	switch (key) {
-	case 'O':
-	case 'o':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    return 0;
-	case 'H':
-	case 'h':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    return 1;
-	case KEY_UP:
-	case KEY_LEFT:
-	    switch (button) {
-	    case -1:
-		button = 1;	/* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
-		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
-		break;
-	    case 0:
-		button = -1;	/* Indicates input box is selected */
-		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
-		wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
-		wrefresh (dialog);
-		break;
-	    case 1:
-		button = 0;	/* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
-		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case TAB:
-	case KEY_DOWN:
-	case KEY_RIGHT:
-	    switch (button) {
-	    case -1:
-		button = 0;	/* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
-		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
-		break;
-	    case 0:
-		button = 1;	/* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
-		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
-		break;
-	    case 1:
-		button = -1;	/* Indicates input box is selected */
-		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
-		wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
-		wrefresh (dialog);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case ' ':
-	case '\n':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    return (button == -1 ? 0 : button);
-	case 'X':
-	case 'x':
-	    key = ESC;
-	case ESC:
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    delwin (dialog);
-    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
-}

+ 0 - 1
config/lex.backup

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-No backing up.

+ 0 - 113
config/lkc.h

@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#ifndef LKC_H
-#define LKC_H
-
-#include "expr.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#ifdef LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#define P(name,type,arg)	extern type name arg
-#else
-#include "lkc_defs.h"
-#define P(name,type,arg)	extern type (*name ## _p) arg
-#endif
-#include "lkc_proto.h"
-#undef P
-
-#define SRCTREE "srctree"
-
-int zconfparse(void);
-void zconfdump(FILE *out);
-
-extern int zconfdebug;
-void zconf_starthelp(void);
-FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name);
-void zconf_initscan(const char *name);
-void zconf_nextfile(const char *name);
-int zconf_lineno(void);
-char *zconf_curname(void);
-
-/* confdata.c */
-extern const char conf_def_filename[];
-extern char conf_filename[];
-
-char *conf_get_default_confname(void);
-
-/* kconfig_load.c */
-void kconfig_load(void);
-
-/* menu.c */
-void menu_init(void);
-void menu_add_menu(void);
-void menu_end_menu(void);
-void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym);
-void menu_end_entry(void);
-void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep);
-struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep);
-void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep);
-void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep);
-void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep);
-void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent);
-void menu_set_type(int type);
-struct file *file_lookup(const char *name);
-int file_write_dep(const char *name);
-
-extern struct menu *current_entry;
-extern struct menu *current_menu;
-
-/* symbol.c */
-void sym_init(void);
-void sym_clear_all_valid(void);
-void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym);
-struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym);
-struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym);
-struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop);
-
-static inline tristate sym_get_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	return sym->curr.tri;
-}
-
-
-static inline struct symbol *sym_get_choice_value(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	return (struct symbol *)sym->curr.val;
-}
-
-static inline bool sym_set_choice_value(struct symbol *ch, struct symbol *chval)
-{
-	return sym_set_tristate_value(chval, yes);
-}
-
-static inline bool sym_is_choice(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE ? true : false;
-}
-
-static inline bool sym_is_choice_value(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL ? true : false;
-}
-
-static inline bool sym_is_optional(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_OPTIONAL ? true : false;
-}
-
-static inline bool sym_has_value(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	return sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW ? false : true;
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* LKC_H */

+ 0 - 39
config/lkc_proto.h

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-
-/* confdata.c */
-P(conf_parse,void,(const char *name));
-P(conf_read,int,(const char *name));
-P(conf_write,int,(const char *name));
-
-/* menu.c */
-P(rootmenu,struct menu,);
-
-P(menu_is_visible,bool,(struct menu *menu));
-P(menu_get_prompt,const char *,(struct menu *menu));
-P(menu_get_root_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu));
-P(menu_get_parent_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu));
-
-/* symbol.c */
-P(symbol_hash,struct symbol *,[SYMBOL_HASHSIZE]);
-P(sym_change_count,int,);
-
-P(sym_lookup,struct symbol *,(const char *name, int isconst));
-P(sym_find,struct symbol *,(const char *name));
-P(sym_type_name,const char *,(enum symbol_type type));
-P(sym_calc_value,void,(struct symbol *sym));
-P(sym_get_type,enum symbol_type,(struct symbol *sym));
-P(sym_tristate_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri));
-P(sym_set_tristate_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri));
-P(sym_toggle_tristate_value,tristate,(struct symbol *sym));
-P(sym_string_valid,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval));
-P(sym_string_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *str));
-P(sym_set_string_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval));
-P(sym_is_changable,bool,(struct symbol *sym));
-P(sym_get_choice_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym));
-P(sym_get_default_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym));
-P(sym_get_string_value,const char *,(struct symbol *sym));
-
-P(prop_get_type_name,const char *,(enum prop_type type));
-
-/* expr.c */
-P(expr_compare_type,int,(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2));
-P(expr_print,void,(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken));

+ 0 - 717
config/mconf.c

@@ -1,717 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- *
- * Introduced single menu mode (show all sub-menus in one large tree).
- * 2002-11-06 Petr Baudis <pasky@ucw.cz>
- *
- * Directly use liblxdialog library routines.
- * 2002-11-14 Petr Baudis <pasky@ucw.cz>
- */
-
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#include <sys/termios.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <termios.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-
-static char menu_backtitle[128];
-static const char menu_instructions[] =
-	"Arrow keys navigate the menu.  "
-	"<Enter> selects submenus --->.  "
-	"Highlighted letters are hotkeys.  "
-	"Pressing <Y> selectes a feature, while <N> will exclude a feature.  "
-	"Press <Esc><Esc> to exit, <?> for Help.  "
-	"Legend: [*] feature is selected  [ ] feature is excluded",
-radiolist_instructions[] =
-	"Use the arrow keys to navigate this window or "
-	"press the hotkey of the item you wish to select "
-	"followed by the <SPACE BAR>. "
-	"Press <?> for additional information about this option.",
-inputbox_instructions_int[] =
-	"Please enter a decimal value. "
-	"Fractions will not be accepted.  "
-	"Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
-inputbox_instructions_hex[] =
-	"Please enter a hexadecimal value. "
-	"Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
-inputbox_instructions_string[] =
-	"Please enter a string value. "
-	"Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
-setmod_text[] =
-	"This feature depends on another which has been configured as a module.\n"
-	"As a result, this feature will be built as a module.",
-nohelp_text[] =
-	"There is no help available for this option.\n",
-load_config_text[] =
-	"Enter the name of the configuration file you wish to load.  "
-	"Accept the name shown to restore the configuration you "
-	"last retrieved.  Leave blank to abort.",
-load_config_help[] =
-	"\n"
-	"For various reasons, one may wish to keep several different OpenADK\n"
-	"configurations available on a single machine.\n"
-	"\n"
-	"If you have saved a previous configuration in a file other than the\n"
-	"OpenADK's default, entering the name of the file here will allow you\n"
-	"to modify that configuration.\n"
-	"\n"
-	"If you are uncertain, then you have probably never used alternate\n"
-	"configuration files.  You should therefor leave this blank to abort.\n",
-save_config_text[] =
-	"Enter a filename to which this configuration should be saved "
-	"as an alternate.  Leave blank to abort.",
-save_config_help[] =
-	"\n"
-	"For various reasons, one may wish to keep different OpenADK\n"
-	"configurations available on a single machine.\n"
-	"\n"
-	"Entering a file name here will allow you to later retrieve, modify\n"
-	"and use the current configuration as an alternate to whatever\n"
-	"configuration options you have selected at that time.\n"
-	"\n"
-	"If you are uncertain what all this means then you should probably\n"
-	"leave this blank.\n",
-top_menu_help[] =
-	"\n"
-	"Use the Up/Down arrow keys (cursor keys) to highlight the item\n"
-	"you wish to change or submenu wish to select and press <Enter>.\n"
-	"Submenus are designated by \"--->\".\n"
-	"\n"
-	"Shortcut: Press the option's highlighted letter (hotkey).\n"
-	"\n"
-	"You may also use the <PAGE UP> and <PAGE DOWN> keys to scroll\n"
-	"unseen options into view.\n"
-;
-
-static char filename[PATH_MAX+1] = ".config";
-static int indent = 0;
-static struct termios ios_org;
-static int rows, cols;
-struct menu *current_menu;
-static int child_count;
-static int single_menu_mode;
-
-static struct dialog_list_item *items[16384]; /* FIXME: This ought to be dynamic. */
-static int item_no;
-
-static void conf(struct menu *menu);
-static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu);
-static void conf_string(struct menu *menu);
-static void conf_load(void);
-static void conf_save(void);
-static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c);
-static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text);
-static void show_help(struct menu *menu);
-static void show_readme(void);
-
-static void init_wsize(void)
-{
-	struct winsize ws;
-	char *env;
-
-	if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) {
-		rows = 24;
-		cols = 80;
-	} else {
-		rows = ws.ws_row;
-		cols = ws.ws_col;
-		if (!rows) {
-			env = getenv("LINES");
-			if (env)
-				rows = atoi(env);
-			if (!rows)
-				rows = 24;
-		}
-		if (!cols) {
-			env = getenv("COLUMNS");
-			if (env)
-				cols = atoi(env);
-			if (!cols)
-				cols = 80;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n");
-		fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-
-	rows -= 4;
-	cols -= 5;
-}
-
-static void cinit(void)
-{
-	item_no = 0;
-}
-
-static void cmake(void)
-{
-	items[item_no] = malloc(sizeof(struct dialog_list_item));
-	memset(items[item_no], 0, sizeof(struct dialog_list_item));
-	items[item_no]->tag = malloc(32); items[item_no]->tag[0] = 0;
-	items[item_no]->name = malloc(512); items[item_no]->name[0] = 0;
-	items[item_no]->namelen = 0;
-	item_no++;
-}
-
-static int cprint_name(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	int res;
-
-	if (!item_no)
-		cmake();
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->name + items[item_no - 1]->namelen,
-			512 - items[item_no - 1]->namelen, fmt, ap);
-	if (res > 0)
-		items[item_no - 1]->namelen += res;
-	va_end(ap);
-
-	return res;
-}
-
-static int cprint_tag(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	int res;
-
-	if (!item_no)
-		cmake();
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->tag, 32, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-
-	return res;
-}
-
-static void cdone(void)
-{
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
-		free(items[i]->tag);
-		free(items[i]->name);
-		free(items[i]);
-	}
-
-	item_no = 0;
-}
-
-static void build_conf(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct menu *child;
-	int type, tmp, doint = 2;
-	tristate val;
-	char ch;
-
-	if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
-		return;
-
-	sym = menu->sym;
-	prop = menu->prompt;
-	if (!sym) {
-		if (prop && menu != current_menu) {
-			const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
-			switch (prop->type) {
-			case P_MENU:
-				child_count++;
-				cmake();
-				cprint_tag("m%p", menu);
-
-				if (single_menu_mode) {
-					cprint_name("%s%*c%s",
-						menu->data ? "-->" : "++>",
-						indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
-				} else {
-					cprint_name("   %*c%s  --->", indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
-				}
-
-				if (single_menu_mode && menu->data)
-					goto conf_childs;
-				return;
-			default:
-				if (prompt) {
-					child_count++;
-					cmake();
-					cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
-					cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
-				}
-			}
-		} else
-			doint = 0;
-		goto conf_childs;
-	}
-
-	cmake();
-	type = sym_get_type(sym);
-	if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
-		struct symbol *def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym);
-		struct menu *def_menu = NULL;
-
-		child_count++;
-		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
-			if (menu_is_visible(child) && child->sym == def_sym)
-				def_menu = child;
-		}
-
-		val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
-		if (sym_is_changable(sym)) {
-			cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
-			switch (type) {
-			case S_BOOLEAN:
-				cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*');
-				break;
-			case S_TRISTATE:
-				switch (val) {
-				case yes: ch = '*'; break;
-				case mod: ch = 'M'; break;
-				default:  ch = ' '; break;
-				}
-				cprint_name("<%c>", ch);
-				break;
-			}
-		} else {
-			cprint_tag("%c%p", def_menu ? 't' : ':', menu);
-			cprint_name("   ");
-		}
-
-		cprint_name("%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu));
-		if (val == yes) {
-			if (def_menu) {
-				cprint_name(" (%s)", menu_get_prompt(def_menu));
-				cprint_name("  --->");
-				if (def_menu->list) {
-					indent += 2;
-					build_conf(def_menu);
-					indent -= 2;
-				}
-			}
-			return;
-		}
-	} else {
-                if (menu == current_menu) {
-                        cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
-                        cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu));
-                        goto conf_childs;
-                }
-
-		child_count++;
-		val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
-		if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) {
-			cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
-			cprint_name("   ");
-		} else {
-			switch (type) {
-			case S_BOOLEAN:
-				cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
-				if (sym_is_changable(sym))
-					cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*');
-				else
-					cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-");
-				break;
-			case S_TRISTATE:
-				cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
-				switch (val) {
-				case yes: ch = '*'; break;
-				case mod: ch = 'M'; break;
-				default:  ch = ' '; break;
-				}
-				if (sym_is_changable(sym))
-					cprint_name("<%c>", ch);
-				else
-					cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-");
-				break;
-			default:
-				cprint_tag("s%p", menu);
-				tmp = cprint_name("(%s)", sym_get_string_value(sym));
-				tmp = indent - tmp + 4;
-				if (tmp < 0)
-					tmp = 0;
-				cprint_name("%*c%s%s", tmp, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu),
-					(sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ?
-					"" : " (NEW)");
-				goto conf_childs;
-			}
-		}
-		cprint_name("%*c%s%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu),
-			(sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ?
-			"" : " (NEW)");
-		if (menu->prompt->type == P_MENU) {
-			cprint_name("  --->");
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-
-conf_childs:
-	indent += doint;
-	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
-		build_conf(child);
-	indent -= doint;
-}
-
-static void conf(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct dialog_list_item *active_item = NULL;
-	struct menu *submenu;
-	const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	char active_entry[40];
-	int stat, type;
-
-	unlink("lxdialog.scrltmp");
-	active_entry[0] = 0;
-	while (1) {
-		indent = 0;
-		child_count = 0;
-  		current_menu = menu;
-		cdone(); cinit();
-		build_conf(menu);
-		if (!child_count)
-			break;
-		if (menu == &rootmenu) {
-			cmake(); cprint_tag(":"); cprint_name("--- ");
-			cmake(); cprint_tag("L"); cprint_name("Load an Alternate Configuration File");
-			cmake(); cprint_tag("S"); cprint_name("Save Configuration to an Alternate File");
-		}
-		dialog_clear();
-		stat = dialog_menu(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
-				menu_instructions, rows, cols, rows - 10,
-				active_entry, item_no, items);
-		if (stat < 0)
-			return;
-
-		if (stat == 1 || stat == 255)
-			break;
-
-		active_item = first_sel_item(item_no, items);
-		if (!active_item)
-			continue;
-		active_item->selected = 0;
-		strncpy(active_entry, active_item->tag, sizeof(active_entry));
-		active_entry[sizeof(active_entry)-1] = 0;
-		type = active_entry[0];
-		if (!type)
-			continue;
-
-		sym = NULL;
-		submenu = NULL;
-		if (sscanf(active_entry + 1, "%p", &submenu) == 1)
-			sym = submenu->sym;
-
-		switch (stat) {
-		case 0:
-			switch (type) {
-			case 'm':
-				if (single_menu_mode)
-					submenu->data = (void *) (long) !submenu->data;
-				else
-					conf(submenu);
-				break;
-			case 't':
-				if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) == yes)
-					conf_choice(submenu);
-				else if (submenu->prompt->type == P_MENU)
-					conf(submenu);
-				break;
-			case 's':
-				conf_string(submenu);
-				break;
-			case 'L':
-				conf_load();
-				break;
-			case 'S':
-				conf_save();
-				break;
-			}
-			break;
-		case 2:
-			if (sym)
-				show_help(submenu);
-			else
-				show_readme();
-			break;
-		case 3:
-			if (type == 't') {
-				if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes))
-					break;
-				if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod))
-					show_textbox(NULL, setmod_text, 6, 74);
-			}
-			break;
-		case 4:
-			if (type == 't')
-				sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no);
-			break;
-		case 5:
-			if (type == 't')
-				sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod);
-			break;
-		case 6:
-			if (type == 't')
-				sym_toggle_tristate_value(sym);
-			else if (type == 'm')
-				conf(submenu);
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c)
-{
-	int fd;
-
-	fd = creat(".help.tmp", 0777);
-	write(fd, text, strlen(text));
-	close(fd);
-	while (dialog_textbox(title, ".help.tmp", r, c) < 0)
-		;
-	unlink(".help.tmp");
-}
-
-static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text)
-{
-	show_textbox(title, text, rows, cols);
-}
-
-static void show_help(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	const char *help;
-	char *helptext;
-	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
-
-	help = sym->help;
-	if (!help)
-		help = nohelp_text;
-	if (sym->name) {
-		helptext = malloc(strlen(sym->name) + strlen(help) + 16);
-		sprintf(helptext, "%s:\n\n%s", sym->name, help);
-		show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), helptext);
-		free(helptext);
-	} else
-		show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), help);
-}
-
-static void show_readme(void)
-{
-	show_helptext("Help", top_menu_help);
-}
-
-static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
-	struct menu *child;
-	struct symbol *active;
-
-	active = sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym);
-	while (1) {
-		current_menu = menu;
-		cdone(); cinit();
-		for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
-			if (!menu_is_visible(child))
-				continue;
-			cmake();
-			cprint_tag("%p", child);
-			cprint_name("%s", menu_get_prompt(child));
-			if (child->sym == sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym))
-				items[item_no - 1]->selected = 1; /* ON */
-			else if (child->sym == active)
-				items[item_no - 1]->selected = 2; /* SELECTED */
-			else
-				items[item_no - 1]->selected = 0; /* OFF */
-		}
-
-		switch (dialog_checklist(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
-					radiolist_instructions, 15, 70, 6,
-					item_no, items, FLAG_RADIO)) {
-		case 0:
-			if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) != 1)
-				break;
-			sym_set_tristate_value(child->sym, yes);
-			return;
-		case 1:
-			if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) == 1) {
-				show_help(child);
-				active = child->sym;
-			} else
-				show_help(menu);
-			break;
-		case 255:
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static void conf_string(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
-
-	while (1) {
-		char *heading;
-
-		switch (sym_get_type(menu->sym)) {
-		case S_INT:
-			heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_int;
-			break;
-		case S_HEX:
-			heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_hex;
-			break;
-		case S_STRING:
-			heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_string;
-			break;
-		default:
-			heading = "Internal mconf error!";
-			/* panic? */;
-		}
-
-		switch (dialog_inputbox(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
-					heading, 10, 75,
-					sym_get_string_value(menu->sym))) {
-		case 0:
-			if (sym_set_string_value(menu->sym, (const char*)dialog_input_result))
-				return;
-			show_textbox(NULL, "You have made an invalid entry.", 5, 43);
-			break;
-		case 1:
-			show_help(menu);
-			break;
-		case 255:
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static void conf_load(void)
-{
-	while (1) {
-		switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, load_config_text, 11, 55,
-					filename)) {
-		case 0:
-			if (!dialog_input_result[0])
-				return;
-			if (!conf_read((const char*)dialog_input_result))
-				return;
-			show_textbox(NULL, "File does not exist!", 5, 38);
-			break;
-		case 1:
-			show_helptext("Load Alternate Configuration", load_config_help);
-			break;
-		case 255:
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static void conf_save(void)
-{
-	while (1) {
-		switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, save_config_text, 11, 55,
-					filename)) {
-		case 0:
-			if (!dialog_input_result[0])
-				return;
-			if (!conf_write((const char*)dialog_input_result))
-				return;
-			show_textbox(NULL, "Can't create file!  Probably a nonexistent directory.", 5, 60);
-			break;
-		case 1:
-			show_helptext("Save Alternate Configuration", save_config_help);
-			break;
-		case 255:
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static void conf_cleanup(void)
-{
-	tcsetattr(1, TCSAFLUSH, &ios_org);
-	unlink(".help.tmp");
-}
-
-static void winch_handler(int sig)
-{
-	struct winsize ws;
-
-	if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) {
-		rows = 24;
-		cols = 80;
-	} else {
-		rows = ws.ws_row;
-		cols = ws.ws_col;
-	}
-
-	if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) {
-		end_dialog();
-		fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n");
-		fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-
-	rows -= 4;
-	cols -= 5;
-
-}
-
-int main(int ac, char **av)
-{
-	int stat;
-	char *mode;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-
-	conf_parse(av[1]);
-	conf_read(NULL);
-
-	sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0);
-	sym_calc_value(sym);
-	snprintf(menu_backtitle, 128, "OpenADK v%s Configuration",
-		sym_get_string_value(sym));
-
-	mode = getenv("MENUCONFIG_MODE");
-	if (mode) {
-		if (!strcasecmp(mode, "single_menu"))
-			single_menu_mode = 1;
-	}
-
-	tcgetattr(1, &ios_org);
-	atexit(conf_cleanup);
-	init_wsize();
-	init_dialog();
-	signal(SIGWINCH, winch_handler);
-	conf(&rootmenu);
-	end_dialog();
-
-	/* Restart dialog to act more like when lxdialog was still separate */
-	init_dialog();
-	do {
-		stat = dialog_yesno(NULL,
-				"Do you wish to save your new OpenADK configuration?", 5, 60);
-	} while (stat < 0);
-	end_dialog();
-
-	if (stat == 0) {
-		conf_write(NULL);
-		printf("\n\n*** End of OpenADK configuration.\n");
-	} else
-		printf("\n\nYour OpenADK configuration changes were NOT saved.\n\n");
-
-	return 0;
-}

+ 0 - 436
config/menu.c

@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-
-struct menu rootmenu;
-struct menu *current_menu, *current_entry;
-static struct menu **last_entry_ptr;
-
-struct file *file_list;
-struct file *current_file;
-
-static void menu_warn(struct menu *menu, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", menu->file->name, menu->lineno);
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	va_end(ap);
-}
-
-static void prop_warn(struct property *prop, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", prop->file->name, prop->lineno);
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	va_end(ap);
-}
-
-void menu_init(void)
-{
-	current_entry = current_menu = &rootmenu;
-	last_entry_ptr = &rootmenu.list;
-}
-
-void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct menu *menu;
-
-	menu = malloc(sizeof(*menu));
-	memset(menu, 0, sizeof(*menu));
-	menu->sym = sym;
-	menu->parent = current_menu;
-	menu->file = current_file;
-	menu->lineno = zconf_lineno();
-
-	*last_entry_ptr = menu;
-	last_entry_ptr = &menu->next;
-	current_entry = menu;
-}
-
-void menu_end_entry(void)
-{
-}
-
-void menu_add_menu(void)
-{
-	current_menu = current_entry;
-	last_entry_ptr = &current_entry->list;
-}
-
-void menu_end_menu(void)
-{
-	last_entry_ptr = &current_menu->next;
-	current_menu = current_menu->parent;
-}
-
-struct expr *menu_check_dep(struct expr *e)
-{
-	if (!e)
-		return e;
-
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_NOT:
-		e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr);
-		break;
-	case E_OR:
-	case E_AND:
-		e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr);
-		e->right.expr = menu_check_dep(e->right.expr);
-		break;
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		/* change 'm' into 'm' && MODULES */
-		if (e->left.sym == &symbol_mod)
-			return expr_alloc_and(e, expr_alloc_symbol(modules_sym));
-		break;
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-	return e;
-}
-
-void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep)
-{
-	current_entry->dep = expr_alloc_and(current_entry->dep, menu_check_dep(dep));
-}
-
-void menu_set_type(int type)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym = current_entry->sym;
-
-	if (sym->type == type)
-		return;
-	if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN) {
-		sym->type = type;
-		return;
-	}
-	menu_warn(current_entry, "type of '%s' redefined from '%s' to '%s'\n",
-	    sym->name ? sym->name : "<choice>",
-	    sym_type_name(sym->type), sym_type_name(type));
-}
-
-struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep)
-{
-	struct property *prop = prop_alloc(type, current_entry->sym);
-
-	prop->menu = current_entry;
-	prop->text = prompt;
-	prop->expr = expr;
-	prop->visible.expr = menu_check_dep(dep);
-
-	if (prompt) {
-		if (current_entry->prompt)
-			menu_warn(current_entry, "prompt redefined\n");
-		current_entry->prompt = prop;
-	}
-
-	return prop;
-}
-
-void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep)
-{
-	menu_add_prop(type, prompt, NULL, dep);
-}
-
-void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep)
-{
-	menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr, dep);
-}
-
-void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep)
-{
-	menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr_alloc_symbol(sym), dep);
-}
-
-void sym_check_prop(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct symbol *sym2;
-	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
-		switch (prop->type) {
-		case P_DEFAULT:
-			if ((sym->type == S_STRING || sym->type == S_INT || sym->type == S_HEX) &&
-			    prop->expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
-				prop_warn(prop,
-				    "default for config symbol '%'"
-				    " must be a single symbol", sym->name);
-			break;
-		case P_SELECT:
-		case P_SELECTNOT:
-			sym2 = prop_get_symbol(prop);
-			if (sym->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym->type != S_TRISTATE)
-				prop_warn(prop,
-				    "config symbol '%s' uses select, but is "
-				    "not boolean or tristate", sym->name);
-			else if (sym2->type == S_UNKNOWN)
-				prop_warn(prop,
-				    "'select' used by config symbol '%s' "
-				    "refer to undefined symbol '%s'",
-				    sym->name, sym2->name);
-			else if (sym2->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym2->type != S_TRISTATE)
-				prop_warn(prop,
-				    "'%s' has wrong type. 'select' only "
-				    "accept arguments of boolean and "
-				    "tristate type", sym2->name);
-			break;
-		case P_RANGE:
-			if (sym->type != S_INT && sym->type != S_HEX)
-				prop_warn(prop, "range is only allowed "
-				                "for int or hex symbols");
-			if (!sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->left.sym->name) ||
-			    !sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->right.sym->name))
-				prop_warn(prop, "range is invalid");
-			break;
-		default:
-			;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent)
-{
-	struct menu *menu, *last_menu;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct expr *parentdep, *basedep, *dep, *dep2, **ep;
-
-	sym = parent->sym;
-	if (parent->list) {
-		if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym)) {
-			/* find the first choice value and find out choice type */
-			for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
-				if (menu->sym) {
-					current_entry = parent;
-					menu_set_type(menu->sym->type);
-					current_entry = menu;
-					menu_set_type(sym->type);
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			parentdep = expr_alloc_symbol(sym);
-		} else if (parent->prompt)
-			parentdep = parent->prompt->visible.expr;
-		else
-			parentdep = parent->dep;
-
-		for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
-			basedep = expr_transform(menu->dep);
-			basedep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(parentdep), basedep);
-			basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(basedep);
-			menu->dep = basedep;
-			if (menu->sym)
-				prop = menu->sym->prop;
-			else
-				prop = menu->prompt;
-			for (; prop; prop = prop->next) {
-				if (prop->menu != menu)
-					continue;
-				dep = expr_transform(prop->visible.expr);
-				dep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(basedep), dep);
-				dep = expr_eliminate_dups(dep);
-				if (menu->sym && menu->sym->type != S_TRISTATE)
-					dep = expr_trans_bool(dep);
-				prop->visible.expr = dep;
-				if (prop->type == P_SELECT) {
-					struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop);
-					es->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep.expr,
-							expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep)));
-				} else if (prop->type == P_SELECTNOT) {
-					struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop);
-					es->rev_dep_inv.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep_inv.expr,
-							expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep)));
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next)
-			menu_finalize(menu);
-	} else if (sym) {
-		basedep = parent->prompt ? parent->prompt->visible.expr : NULL;
-		basedep = expr_trans_compare(basedep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no);
-		basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(basedep));
-		last_menu = NULL;
-		for (menu = parent->next; menu; menu = menu->next) {
-			dep = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->visible.expr : menu->dep;
-			if (!expr_contains_symbol(dep, sym))
-				break;
-			if (expr_depends_symbol(dep, sym))
-				goto next;
-			dep = expr_trans_compare(dep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no);
-			dep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(dep));
-			dep2 = expr_copy(basedep);
-			expr_eliminate_eq(&dep, &dep2);
-			expr_free(dep);
-			if (!expr_is_yes(dep2)) {
-				expr_free(dep2);
-				break;
-			}
-			expr_free(dep2);
-		next:
-			menu_finalize(menu);
-			menu->parent = parent;
-			last_menu = menu;
-		}
-		if (last_menu) {
-			parent->list = parent->next;
-			parent->next = last_menu->next;
-			last_menu->next = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-	for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
-		if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym) && menu->sym) {
-			menu->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL;
-			if (!menu->prompt)
-				menu_warn(menu, "choice value must have a prompt");
-			for (prop = menu->sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
-				if (prop->type == P_PROMPT && prop->menu != menu) {
-					prop_warn(prop, "choice values "
-					    "currently only support a "
-					    "single prompt");
-				}
-				if (prop->type == P_DEFAULT)
-					prop_warn(prop, "defaults for choice "
-					    "values not supported");
-			}
-			current_entry = menu;
-			menu_set_type(sym->type);
-			menu_add_symbol(P_CHOICE, sym, NULL);
-			prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
-			for (ep = &prop->expr; *ep; ep = &(*ep)->left.expr)
-				;
-			*ep = expr_alloc_one(E_CHOICE, NULL);
-			(*ep)->right.sym = menu->sym;
-		}
-		if (menu->list && (!menu->prompt || !menu->prompt->text)) {
-			for (last_menu = menu->list; ; last_menu = last_menu->next) {
-				last_menu->parent = parent;
-				if (!last_menu->next)
-					break;
-			}
-			last_menu->next = menu->next;
-			menu->next = menu->list;
-			menu->list = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (sym && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WARNED)) {
-		if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN)
-			menu_warn(parent, "config symbol defined "
-			    "without type\n");
-
-		if (sym_is_choice(sym) && !parent->prompt)
-			menu_warn(parent, "choice must have a prompt\n");
-
-		/* Check properties connected to this symbol */
-		sym_check_prop(sym);
-		sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WARNED;
-	}
-
-	if (sym && !sym_is_optional(sym) && parent->prompt) {
-		sym->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(sym->rev_dep.expr,
-				expr_alloc_and(parent->prompt->visible.expr,
-					expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_mod)));
-	}
-}
-
-bool menu_is_visible(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct menu *child;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	tristate visible;
-
-	if (!menu->prompt)
-		return false;
-	sym = menu->sym;
-	if (sym) {
-		sym_calc_value(sym);
-		visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri;
-	} else
-		visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(menu->prompt->visible.expr);
-
-	if (visible != no)
-		return true;
-	if (!sym || sym_get_tristate_value(menu->sym) == no)
-		return false;
-
-	for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
-		if (menu_is_visible(child))
-			return true;
-	return false;
-}
-
-const char *menu_get_prompt(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	if (menu->prompt)
-		return menu->prompt->text;
-	else if (menu->sym)
-		return menu->sym->name;
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-struct menu *menu_get_root_menu(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	return &rootmenu;
-}
-
-struct menu *menu_get_parent_menu(struct menu *menu)
-{
-	enum prop_type type;
-
-	for (; menu != &rootmenu; menu = menu->parent) {
-		type = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : 0;
-		if (type == P_MENU)
-			break;
-	}
-	return menu;
-}
-
-struct file *file_lookup(const char *name)
-{
-	struct file *file;
-
-	for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) {
-		if (!strcmp(name, file->name))
-			return file;
-	}
-
-	file = malloc(sizeof(*file));
-	memset(file, 0, sizeof(*file));
-	file->name = strdup(name);
-	file->next = file_list;
-	file_list = file;
-	return file;
-}
-
-int file_write_dep(const char *name)
-{
-	struct file *file;
-	FILE *out;
-
-	if (!name)
-		name = ".config.cmd";
-	out = fopen(".config.tmp", "w");
-	if (!out)
-		return 1;
-	fprintf(out, "deps_config := \\\n");
-	for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) {
-		if (file->next)
-			fprintf(out, "\t%s \\\n", file->name);
-		else
-			fprintf(out, "\t%s\n", file->name);
-	}
-	fprintf(out, "\n.config include/config.h: $(deps_config)\n\n$(deps_config):\n");
-	fclose(out);
-	rename(".config.tmp", name);
-	return 0;
-}
-

+ 0 - 438
config/menubox.c

@@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  menubox.c -- implements the menu box
- *
- *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-/*
- *  Changes by Clifford Wolf (god@clifford.at)
- *
- *  [ 1998-06-13 ]
- *
- *    *)  A bugfix for the Page-Down problem
- *
- *    *)  Formerly when I used Page Down and Page Up, the cursor would be set
- *        to the first position in the menu box.  Now lxdialog is a bit
- *        smarter and works more like other menu systems (just have a look at
- *        it).
- *
- *    *)  Formerly if I selected something my scrolling would be broken because
- *        lxdialog is re-invoked by the Menuconfig shell script, can't
- *        remember the last scrolling position, and just sets it so that the
- *        cursor is at the bottom of the box.  Now it writes the temporary file
- *        lxdialog.scrltmp which contains this information. The file is
- *        deleted by lxdialog if the user leaves a submenu or enters a new
- *        one, but it would be nice if Menuconfig could make another "rm -f"
- *        just to be sure.  Just try it out - you will recognise a difference!
- *
- *  [ 1998-06-14 ]
- *
- *    *)  Now lxdialog is crash-safe against broken "lxdialog.scrltmp" files
- *        and menus change their size on the fly.
- *
- *    *)  If for some reason the last scrolling position is not saved by
- *        lxdialog, it sets the scrolling so that the selected item is in the
- *        middle of the menu box, not at the bottom.
- *
- * 02 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net)
- * Reset 'scroll' to 0 if the value from lxdialog.scrltmp is bogus.
- * This fixes a bug in Menuconfig where using ' ' to descend into menus
- * would leave mis-synchronized lxdialog.scrltmp files lying around,
- * fscanf would read in 'scroll', and eventually that value would get used.
- */
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-static int menu_width, item_x;
-
-/*
- * Print menu item
- */
-static void
-print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int choice, int selected, int hotkey)
-{
-    int j;
-    char menu_item[menu_width+1];
-
-    strncpy(menu_item, item, menu_width);
-    menu_item[menu_width] = 0;
-    j = first_alpha(menu_item, "YyNnMm");
-
-    /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
-    wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
-    wmove (win, choice, 0);
-#if OLD_NCURSES
-    {
-        int i;
-        for (i = 0; i < menu_width; i++)
-	    waddch (win, ' ');
-    }
-#else
-    wclrtoeol(win);
-#endif
-    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
-    mvwaddstr (win, choice, item_x, menu_item);
-#if 0
-    if (hotkey) {
-    	wattrset (win, selected ? tag_key_selected_attr : tag_key_attr);
-    	mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x+j, menu_item[j]);
-    }
-#endif
-    if (selected) {
-	wmove (win, choice, item_x+1);
-	wrefresh (win);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Print the scroll indicators.
- */
-static void
-print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int item_no, int scroll,
-		int y, int x, int height)
-{
-    int cur_y, cur_x;
-
-    getyx(win, cur_y, cur_x);
-
-    wmove(win, y, x);
-
-    if (scroll > 0) {
-	wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
-	waddstr (win, "(-)");
-    }
-    else {
-	wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-    }
-
-   y = y + height + 1;
-   wmove(win, y, x);
-
-   if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + height < item_no)) {
-	wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
-	waddstr (win, "(+)");
-    }
-    else {
-	wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
-   }
-
-   wmove(win, cur_y, cur_x);
-}
-
-/*
- * Display the termination buttons.
- */
-static void
-print_buttons (WINDOW *win, int height, int width, int selected)
-{
-    int x = width / 2 - 16;
-    int y = height - 2;
-
-    print_button (win, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
-    print_button (win, " Exit ", y, x + 12, selected == 1);
-    print_button (win, " Help ", y, x + 24, selected == 2);
-
-    wmove(win, y, x+1+12*selected);
-    wrefresh (win);
-}
-
-/*
- * Display a menu for choosing among a number of options
- */
-int
-dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
-		int menu_height, const char *current, int item_no,
-		struct dialog_list_item ** items)
-{
-    int i, j, x, y, box_x, box_y;
-    int key = 0, button = 0, scroll = 0, choice = 0, first_item = 0, max_choice;
-    WINDOW *dialog, *menu;
-    FILE *f;
-
-    max_choice = MIN (menu_height, item_no);
-
-    /* center dialog box on screen */
-    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
-    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
-
-    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
-
-    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
-    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
-
-    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
-    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
-    mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
-    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
-	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
-    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
-
-    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
-	/* truncate long title -- mec */
-	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
-	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
-	title2[width-2] = '\0';
-	title = title2;
-    }
-
-    if (title != NULL) {
-	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
-	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
-	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
-	waddch (dialog, ' ');
-    }
-
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
-
-    menu_width = width - 6;
-    box_y = height - menu_height - 5;
-    box_x = (width - menu_width) / 2 - 1;
-
-    /* create new window for the menu */
-    menu = subwin (dialog, menu_height, menu_width,
-		y + box_y + 1, x + box_x + 1);
-    keypad (menu, TRUE);
-
-    /* draw a box around the menu items */
-    draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, menu_height + 2, menu_width + 2,
-	      menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
-
-    /*
-     * Find length of longest item in order to center menu.
-     * Set 'choice' to default item.
-     */
-    item_x = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
-	item_x = MAX (item_x, MIN(menu_width, strlen (items[i]->name) + 2));
-	if (strcmp(current, items[i]->tag) == 0) choice = i;
-    }
-
-    item_x = (menu_width - item_x) / 2;
-
-    /* get the scroll info from the temp file */
-    if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","r")) != NULL ) {
-	if ( (fscanf(f,"%d\n",&scroll) == 1) && (scroll <= choice) &&
-	     (scroll+max_choice > choice) && (scroll >= 0) &&
-	     (scroll+max_choice <= item_no) ) {
-	    first_item = scroll;
-	    choice = choice - scroll;
-	    fclose(f);
-	} else {
-	    scroll=0;
-	    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
-	    fclose(f);
-	    f=NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    if ( (choice >= max_choice) || (f==NULL && choice >= max_choice/2) ) {
-	if (choice >= item_no-max_choice/2)
-	    scroll = first_item = item_no-max_choice;
-	else
-	    scroll = first_item = choice - max_choice/2;
-	choice = choice - scroll;
-    }
-
-    /* Print the menu */
-    for (i=0; i < max_choice; i++) {
-	print_item (menu, items[first_item + i]->name, i, i == choice,
-                    (items[first_item + i]->tag[0] != ':'));
-    }
-
-    wnoutrefresh (menu);
-
-    print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
-		 box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
-
-    print_buttons (dialog, height, width, 0);
-    wmove (menu, choice, item_x+1);
-    wrefresh (menu);
-
-    while (key != ESC) {
-	key = wgetch(menu);
-
-	if (key < 256 && isalpha(key)) key = tolower(key);
-
-	if (strchr("ynm", key))
-		i = max_choice;
-	else {
-        for (i = choice+1; i < max_choice; i++) {
-		j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>");
-		if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j]))
-                	break;
-	}
-	if (i == max_choice)
-       		for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
-			j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>");
-			if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j]))
-                		break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (i < max_choice ||
-            key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN ||
-            key == '-' || key == '+' ||
-            key == KEY_PPAGE || key == KEY_NPAGE) {
-
-            print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE,
-                       (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
-
-	    if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
-                if (choice < 2 && scroll) {
-	            /* Scroll menu down */
-                    scrollok (menu, TRUE);
-                    wscrl (menu, -1);
-                    scrollok (menu, FALSE);
-
-                    scroll--;
-
-                    print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE,
-                               (items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':'));
-		} else
-		    choice = MAX(choice - 1, 0);
-
-	    } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+')  {
-
-		print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE,
-                                (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
-
-                if ((choice > max_choice-3) &&
-                    (scroll + max_choice < item_no)
-                   ) {
-		    /* Scroll menu up */
-		    scrollok (menu, TRUE);
-                    scroll (menu);
-                    scrollok (menu, FALSE);
-
-                    scroll++;
-
-                    print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
-                               max_choice-1, FALSE,
-                               (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':'));
-                } else
-                    choice = MIN(choice+1, max_choice-1);
-
-	    } else if (key == KEY_PPAGE) {
-	        scrollok (menu, TRUE);
-                for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
-                    if (scroll > 0) {
-                	wscrl (menu, -1);
-                	scroll--;
-                	print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE,
-                	(items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':'));
-                    } else {
-                        if (choice > 0)
-                            choice--;
-                    }
-                }
-                scrollok (menu, FALSE);
-
-            } else if (key == KEY_NPAGE) {
-                for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
-                    if (scroll+max_choice < item_no) {
-			scrollok (menu, TRUE);
-			scroll(menu);
-			scrollok (menu, FALSE);
-                	scroll++;
-                	print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
-			            max_choice-1, FALSE,
-			            (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':'));
-		    } else {
-			if (choice+1 < max_choice)
-			    choice++;
-		    }
-                }
-
-            } else
-                choice = i;
-
-            print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, TRUE,
-                       (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
-
-            print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
-                         box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
-
-            wnoutrefresh (dialog);
-            wrefresh (menu);
-
-	    continue;		/* wait for another key press */
-        }
-
-	switch (key) {
-	case KEY_LEFT:
-	case TAB:
-	case KEY_RIGHT:
-	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
-			? 2 : (button > 2 ? 0 : button);
-
-	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
-	    wrefresh (menu);
-	    break;
-	case ' ':
-	case 's':
-	case 'y':
-	case 'n':
-	case 'm':
-	    /* save scroll info */
-	    if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","w")) != NULL ) {
-		fprintf(f,"%d\n",scroll);
-		fclose(f);
-	    }
-	    delwin (dialog);
-            items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
-            switch (key) {
-            case 's': return 3;
-            case 'y': return 3;
-            case 'n': return 4;
-            case 'm': return 5;
-            case ' ': return 6;
-            }
-	    return 0;
-	case 'h':
-	case '?':
-	    button = 2;
-	case '\n':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
-
-	    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
-	    return button;
-	case 'e':
-	case 'x':
-	    key = ESC;
-	case ESC:
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    delwin (dialog);
-    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
-    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
-}

+ 0 - 85
config/msgbox.c

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  msgbox.c -- implements the message box and info box
- *
- *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-/*
- * Display a message box. Program will pause and display an "OK" button
- * if the parameter 'pause' is non-zero.
- */
-int
-dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
-		int pause)
-{
-    int i, x, y, key = 0;
-    WINDOW *dialog;
-
-    /* center dialog box on screen */
-    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
-    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
-
-    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
-
-    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
-    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
-
-    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
-
-    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
-	/* truncate long title -- mec */
-	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
-	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
-	title2[width-2] = '\0';
-	title = title2;
-    }
-
-    if (title != NULL) {
-	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
-	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
-	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
-	waddch (dialog, ' ');
-    }
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 2);
-
-    if (pause) {
-	wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
-	mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
-	for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
-	    waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
-	wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-	waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
-
-	print_button (dialog, "  Ok  ",
-		      height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
-
-	wrefresh (dialog);
-	while (key != ESC && key != '\n' && key != ' ' &&
-               key != 'O' && key != 'o' && key != 'X' && key != 'x')
-	    key = wgetch (dialog);
-    } else {
-	key = '\n';
-	wrefresh (dialog);
-    }
-
-    delwin (dialog);
-    return key == ESC ? -1 : 0;
-}

+ 0 - 782
config/symbol.c

@@ -1,782 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/utsname.h>
-
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-
-extern int output_mode;
-
-struct symbol symbol_yes = {
-	.name = "y",
-	.curr = { "y", yes },
-	.flags = SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_VALID,
-}, symbol_mod = {
-	.name = "m",
-	.curr = { "m", mod },
-	.flags = SYMBOL_MOD|SYMBOL_VALID,
-}, symbol_no = {
-	.name = "n",
-	.curr = { "n", no },
-	.flags = SYMBOL_NO|SYMBOL_VALID,
-}, symbol_empty = {
-	.name = "",
-	.curr = { "", no },
-	.flags = SYMBOL_VALID,
-};
-
-int sym_change_count;
-struct symbol *modules_sym;
-tristate modules_val;
-
-void sym_add_default(struct symbol *sym, const char *def)
-{
-	struct property *prop = prop_alloc(P_DEFAULT, sym);
-
-	prop->expr = expr_alloc_symbol(sym_lookup(def, 1));
-}
-
-void sym_init(void)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	char *p;
-	static bool inited = false;
-
-	if (inited)
-		return;
-	inited = true;
-
-	sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0);
-	sym->type = S_STRING;
-	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO;
-	p = getenv("VERSION");
-	if (p)
-		sym_add_default(sym, p);
-
-	sym = sym_lookup("TARGET_ARCH", 0);
-	sym->type = S_STRING;
-	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO;
-	p = getenv("TARGET_ARCH");
-	if (p)
-		sym_add_default(sym, p);
-
-}
-
-enum symbol_type sym_get_type(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	enum symbol_type type = sym->type;
-
-	if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
-		if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes)
-			type = S_BOOLEAN;
-		else if (modules_val == no)
-			type = S_BOOLEAN;
-	}
-	return type;
-}
-
-const char *sym_type_name(enum symbol_type type)
-{
-	switch (type) {
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-		return "boolean";
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		return "tristate";
-	case S_INT:
-		return "integer";
-	case S_HEX:
-		return "hex";
-	case S_STRING:
-		return "string";
-	case S_UNKNOWN:
-		return "unknown";
-	case S_OTHER:
-		break;
-	}
-	return "???";
-}
-
-struct property *sym_get_choice_prop(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-
-	for_all_choices(sym, prop)
-		return prop;
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-struct property *sym_get_default_prop(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-
-	for_all_defaults(sym, prop) {
-		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
-		if (prop->visible.tri != no || output_mode)
-			return prop;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-struct property *sym_get_range_prop(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-
-	for_all_properties(sym, prop, P_RANGE) {
-		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
-		if (prop->visible.tri != no)
-			return prop;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static void sym_calc_visibility(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-	tristate tri;
-	bool deselected = false;
-
-	/* any prompt visible? */
-	tri = no;
-	for_all_prompts(sym, prop) {
-		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
-		tri = E_OR(tri, prop->visible.tri);
-	}
-	if (tri == mod && (sym->type != S_TRISTATE || modules_val == no))
-		tri = yes;
-	if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) {
-		tri = no;
-		deselected = true;
-	}
-	if (sym->visible != tri) {
-		sym->visible = tri;
-		sym_set_changed(sym);
-	}
-	if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) || deselected)
-		return;
-	tri = no;
-	if (sym->rev_dep.expr)
-		tri = expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep.expr);
-	if (tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN)
-		tri = yes;
-	if (sym->rev_dep.tri != tri) {
-		sym->rev_dep.tri = tri;
-		sym_set_changed(sym);
-	}
-}
-
-static struct symbol *sym_calc_choice(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct symbol *def_sym;
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct expr *e;
-
-	/* is the user choice visible? */
-	def_sym = sym->user.val;
-	if (def_sym) {
-		sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
-		if (def_sym->visible != no)
-			return def_sym;
-	}
-
-	/* any of the defaults visible? */
-	for_all_defaults(sym, prop) {
-		prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
-		if (prop->visible.tri == no)
-			continue;
-		def_sym = prop_get_symbol(prop);
-		sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
-		if (def_sym->visible != no)
-			return def_sym;
-	}
-
-	/* just get the first visible value */
-	prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
-	for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) {
-		def_sym = e->right.sym;
-		sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
-		if (def_sym->visible != no)
-			return def_sym;
-	}
-
-	/* no choice? reset tristate value */
-	sym->curr.tri = no;
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-void sym_calc_value(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct symbol_value newval, oldval;
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct expr *e;
-
-	if (!sym)
-		return;
-
-	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_VALID)
-		return;
-	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_VALID;
-
-	oldval = sym->curr;
-
-	switch (sym->type) {
-	case S_INT:
-	case S_HEX:
-	case S_STRING:
-		newval = symbol_empty.curr;
-		break;
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		newval = symbol_no.curr;
-		break;
-	default:
-		sym->curr.val = sym->name;
-		sym->curr.tri = no;
-		return;
-	}
-	if (!sym_is_choice_value(sym))
-		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE;
-
-	sym_calc_visibility(sym);
-
-	/* set default if recursively called */
-	sym->curr = newval;
-
-	switch (sym_get_type(sym)) {
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes) {
-			prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
-			newval.tri = (prop_get_symbol(prop)->curr.val == sym) ? yes : no;
-		} else if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) {
-			newval.tri = no;
-		} else if (E_OR(sym->visible, sym->rev_dep.tri) != no) {
-			sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
-			if (sym_has_value(sym))
-				newval.tri = sym->user.tri;
-			else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) {
-				prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
-				if (prop)
-					newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr);
-			}
-			newval.tri = E_OR(E_AND(newval.tri, sym->visible), sym->rev_dep.tri);
-		} else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) {
-			prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
-			if (prop) {
-				sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
-				newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr);
-			}
-		}
-		if (newval.tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN)
-			newval.tri = yes;
-		break;
-	case S_STRING:
-	case S_HEX:
-	case S_INT:
-		if (sym->visible != no) {
-			sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
-			if (sym_has_value(sym)) {
-				newval.val = sym->user.val;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-		prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
-		if (prop) {
-			struct symbol *ds = prop_get_symbol(prop);
-			if (ds) {
-				sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
-				sym_calc_value(ds);
-				newval.val = ds->curr.val;
-			}
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-
-	sym->curr = newval;
-	if (sym_is_choice(sym) && newval.tri == yes)
-		sym->curr.val = sym_calc_choice(sym);
-
-	if (memcmp(&oldval, &sym->curr, sizeof(oldval)))
-		sym_set_changed(sym);
-	if (modules_sym == sym)
-		modules_val = modules_sym->curr.tri;
-
-	if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
-		int flags = sym->flags & (SYMBOL_CHANGED | SYMBOL_WRITE);
-		prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
-		for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) {
-			e->right.sym->flags |= flags;
-			if (flags & SYMBOL_CHANGED)
-				sym_set_changed(e->right.sym);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-void sym_clear_all_valid(void)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	int i;
-
-	for_all_symbols(i, sym)
-		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID;
-	sym_change_count++;
-	if (modules_sym)
-		sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
-}
-
-void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-
-	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHANGED;
-	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
-		if (prop->menu)
-			prop->menu->flags |= MENU_CHANGED;
-	}
-}
-
-void sym_set_all_changed(void)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	int i;
-
-	for_all_symbols(i, sym)
-		sym_set_changed(sym);
-}
-
-bool sym_tristate_within_range(struct symbol *sym, tristate val)
-{
-	int type = sym_get_type(sym);
-
-	if (sym->visible == no)
-		return false;
-
-	if (type != S_BOOLEAN && type != S_TRISTATE)
-		return false;
-
-	if (type == S_BOOLEAN && val == mod)
-		return false;
-	if (sym->visible <= sym->rev_dep.tri)
-		return false;
-	if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes)
-		return val == yes;
-	return val >= sym->rev_dep.tri && val <= sym->visible;
-}
-
-bool sym_set_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym, tristate val)
-{
-	tristate oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
-
-	if (oldval != val && !sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val))
-		return false;
-
-	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) {
-		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-		sym_set_changed(sym);
-	}
-	if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) {
-		struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym));
-
-		cs->user.val = sym;
-		cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-	}
-
-	sym->user.tri = val;
-	if (oldval != val) {
-		sym_clear_all_valid();
-		if (sym == modules_sym)
-			sym_set_all_changed();
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-tristate sym_toggle_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	tristate oldval, newval;
-
-	oldval = newval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
-	do {
-		switch (newval) {
-		case no:
-			newval = mod;
-			break;
-		case mod:
-			newval = yes;
-			break;
-		case yes:
-			newval = no;
-			break;
-		}
-		if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval))
-			break;
-	} while (oldval != newval);
-	return newval;
-}
-
-bool sym_string_valid(struct symbol *sym, const char *str)
-{
-	char ch;
-
-	switch (sym->type) {
-	case S_STRING:
-		return true;
-	case S_INT:
-		ch = *str++;
-		if (ch == '-')
-			ch = *str++;
-		if (!isdigit(ch))
-			return false;
-		if (ch == '0' && *str != 0)
-			return false;
-		while ((ch = *str++)) {
-			if (!isdigit(ch))
-				return false;
-		}
-		return true;
-	case S_HEX:
-		if (str[0] == '0' && (str[1] == 'x' || str[1] == 'X'))
-			str += 2;
-		ch = *str++;
-		do {
-			if (!isxdigit(ch))
-				return false;
-		} while ((ch = *str++));
-		return true;
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		switch (str[0]) {
-		case 'y': case 'Y':
-		case 'm': case 'M':
-		case 'n': case 'N':
-			return true;
-		}
-		return false;
-	default:
-		return false;
-	}
-}
-
-bool sym_string_within_range(struct symbol *sym, const char *str)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-	int val;
-
-	switch (sym->type) {
-	case S_STRING:
-		return sym_string_valid(sym, str);
-	case S_INT:
-		if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str))
-			return false;
-		prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym);
-		if (!prop)
-			return true;
-		val = strtol(str, NULL, 10);
-		return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 10) &&
-		       val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 10);
-	case S_HEX:
-		if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str))
-			return false;
-		prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym);
-		if (!prop)
-			return true;
-		val = strtol(str, NULL, 16);
-		return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 16) &&
-		       val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 16);
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		switch (str[0]) {
-		case 'y': case 'Y':
-			return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes);
-		case 'm': case 'M':
-			return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod);
-		case 'n': case 'N':
-			return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no);
-		}
-		return false;
-	default:
-		return false;
-	}
-}
-
-bool sym_set_string_value(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval)
-{
-	const char *oldval;
-	char *val;
-	int size;
-
-	switch (sym->type) {
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		switch (newval[0]) {
-		case 'y': case 'Y':
-			return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes);
-		case 'm': case 'M':
-			return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod);
-		case 'n': case 'N':
-			return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no);
-		}
-		return false;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-
-	if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, newval))
-		return false;
-
-	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) {
-		sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
-		sym_set_changed(sym);
-	}
-
-	oldval = sym->user.val;
-	size = strlen(newval) + 1;
-	if (sym->type == S_HEX && (newval[0] != '0' || (newval[1] != 'x' && newval[1] != 'X'))) {
-		size += 2;
-		sym->user.val = val = malloc(size);
-		*val++ = '0';
-		*val++ = 'x';
-	} else if (!oldval || strcmp(oldval, newval))
-		sym->user.val = val = malloc(size);
-	else
-		return true;
-
-	strcpy(val, newval);
-	free((void *)oldval);
-	sym_clear_all_valid();
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-const char *sym_get_string_value(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	tristate val;
-
-	switch (sym->type) {
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
-		switch (val) {
-		case no:
-			return "n";
-		case mod:
-			return "m";
-		case yes:
-			return "y";
-		}
-		break;
-	default:
-		;
-	}
-	return (const char *)sym->curr.val;
-}
-
-bool sym_is_changable(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	return sym->visible > sym->rev_dep.tri;
-}
-
-struct symbol *sym_lookup(const char *name, int isconst)
-{
-	struct symbol *symbol;
-	const char *ptr;
-	char *new_name;
-	int hash = 0;
-
-	if (name) {
-		if (name[0] && !name[1]) {
-			switch (name[0]) {
-			case 'y': return &symbol_yes;
-			case 'm': return &symbol_mod;
-			case 'n': return &symbol_no;
-			}
-		}
-		for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++)
-			hash += *ptr;
-		hash &= 0xff;
-
-		for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) {
-			if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name)) {
-				if ((isconst && symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) ||
-				    (!isconst && !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST)))
-					return symbol;
-			}
-		}
-		new_name = strdup(name);
-	} else {
-		new_name = NULL;
-		hash = 256;
-	}
-
-	symbol = malloc(sizeof(*symbol));
-	memset(symbol, 0, sizeof(*symbol));
-	symbol->name = new_name;
-	symbol->type = S_UNKNOWN;
-	symbol->flags = SYMBOL_NEW;
-	if (isconst)
-		symbol->flags |= SYMBOL_CONST;
-
-	symbol->next = symbol_hash[hash];
-	symbol_hash[hash] = symbol;
-
-	return symbol;
-}
-
-struct symbol *sym_find(const char *name)
-{
-	struct symbol *symbol = NULL;
-	const char *ptr;
-	int hash = 0;
-
-	if (!name)
-		return NULL;
-
-	if (name[0] && !name[1]) {
-		switch (name[0]) {
-		case 'y': return &symbol_yes;
-		case 'm': return &symbol_mod;
-		case 'n': return &symbol_no;
-		}
-	}
-	for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++)
-		hash += *ptr;
-	hash &= 0xff;
-
-	for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) {
-		if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name) &&
-		    !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
-				break;
-	}
-
-	return symbol;
-}
-
-struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym);
-
-static struct symbol *sym_check_expr_deps(struct expr *e)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-
-	if (!e)
-		return NULL;
-	switch (e->type) {
-	case E_OR:
-	case E_AND:
-		sym = sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr);
-		if (sym)
-			return sym;
-		return sym_check_expr_deps(e->right.expr);
-	case E_NOT:
-		return sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr);
-	case E_EQUAL:
-	case E_UNEQUAL:
-		sym = sym_check_deps(e->left.sym);
-		if (sym)
-			return sym;
-		return sym_check_deps(e->right.sym);
-	case E_SYMBOL:
-		return sym_check_deps(e->left.sym);
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-	printf("Oops! How to check %d?\n", e->type);
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym2;
-	struct property *prop;
-
-	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE)
-		return NULL;
-	if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK) {
-		printf("Warning! Found recursive dependency: %s", sym->name);
-		return sym;
-	}
-
-	sym->flags |= (SYMBOL_CHECK | SYMBOL_CHECKED);
-	sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(sym->rev_dep.expr);
-	if (sym2)
-		goto out;
-
-	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
-		if (prop->type == P_CHOICE || prop->type == P_SELECT || prop->type == P_SELECTNOT)
-			continue;
-		sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->visible.expr);
-		if (sym2)
-			goto out;
-		if (prop->type != P_DEFAULT || sym_is_choice(sym))
-			continue;
-		sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->expr);
-		if (sym2)
-			goto out;
-	}
-out:
-	if (sym2)
-		printf(" %s", sym->name);
-	sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_CHECK;
-	return sym2;
-}
-
-struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct property **propp;
-
-	prop = malloc(sizeof(*prop));
-	memset(prop, 0, sizeof(*prop));
-	prop->type = type;
-	prop->sym = sym;
-	prop->file = current_file;
-	prop->lineno = zconf_lineno();
-
-	/* append property to the prop list of symbol */
-	if (sym) {
-		for (propp = &sym->prop; *propp; propp = &(*propp)->next)
-			;
-		*propp = prop;
-	}
-
-	return prop;
-}
-
-struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop)
-{
-	if (prop->expr && (prop->expr->type == E_SYMBOL ||
-			   prop->expr->type == E_CHOICE))
-		return prop->expr->left.sym;
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-const char *prop_get_type_name(enum prop_type type)
-{
-	switch (type) {
-	case P_PROMPT:
-		return "prompt";
-	case P_COMMENT:
-		return "comment";
-	case P_MENU:
-		return "menu";
-	case P_DEFAULT:
-		return "default";
-	case P_CHOICE:
-		return "choice";
-	case P_SELECT:
-	case P_SELECTNOT:
-		return "select";
-	case P_RANGE:
-		return "range";
-	case P_UNKNOWN:
-		break;
-	}
-	return "unknown";
-}

+ 0 - 556
config/textbox.c

@@ -1,556 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  textbox.c -- implements the text box
- *
- *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-static void back_lines (int n);
-static void print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
-static void print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width);
-static char *get_line (void);
-static void print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
-
-static int hscroll, fd, file_size, bytes_read;
-static int begin_reached = 1, end_reached, page_length;
-static char *buf, *page;
-
-/*
- * Display text from a file in a dialog box.
- */
-int
-dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width)
-{
-    int i, x, y, cur_x, cur_y, fpos, key = 0;
-    int passed_end;
-    char search_term[MAX_LEN + 1];
-    WINDOW *dialog, *text;
-
-    search_term[0] = '\0';	/* no search term entered yet */
-
-    /* Open input file for reading */
-    if ((fd = open (file, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
-	endwin ();
-	fprintf (stderr,
-		 "\nCan't open input file in dialog_textbox().\n");
-	exit (-1);
-    }
-    /* Get file size. Actually, 'file_size' is the real file size - 1,
-       since it's only the last byte offset from the beginning */
-    if ((file_size = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_END)) == -1) {
-	endwin ();
-	fprintf (stderr, "\nError getting file size in dialog_textbox().\n");
-	exit (-1);
-    }
-    /* Restore file pointer to beginning of file after getting file size */
-    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
-	endwin ();
-	fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
-	exit (-1);
-    }
-    /* Allocate space for read buffer */
-    if ((buf = malloc (BUF_SIZE + 1)) == NULL) {
-	endwin ();
-	fprintf (stderr, "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_textbox().\n");
-	exit (-1);
-    }
-    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
-	endwin ();
-	fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
-	exit (-1);
-    }
-    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';	/* mark end of valid data */
-    page = buf;			/* page is pointer to start of page to be displayed */
-
-    /* center dialog box on screen */
-    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
-    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
-
-
-    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
-
-    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
-    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
-
-    /* Create window for text region, used for scrolling text */
-    text = subwin (dialog, height - 4, width - 2, y + 1, x + 1);
-    wattrset (text, dialog_attr);
-    wbkgdset (text, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
-
-    keypad (text, TRUE);
-
-    /* register the new window, along with its borders */
-    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
-
-    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
-    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
-    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
-	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
-    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
-
-    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
-	/* truncate long title -- mec */
-	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
-	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
-	title2[width-2] = '\0';
-	title = title2;
-    }
-
-    if (title != NULL) {
-	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
-	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
-	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
-	waddch (dialog, ' ');
-    }
-    print_button (dialog, " Exit ", height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
-    wnoutrefresh (dialog);
-    getyx (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Save cursor position */
-
-    /* Print first page of text */
-    attr_clear (text, height - 4, width - 2, dialog_attr);
-    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
-    print_position (dialog, height, width);
-    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
-    wrefresh (dialog);
-
-    while ((key != ESC) && (key != '\n')) {
-	key = wgetch (dialog);
-	switch (key) {
-	case 'E':		/* Exit */
-	case 'e':
-	case 'X':
-	case 'x':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    free (buf);
-	    close (fd);
-	    return 0;
-	case 'g':		/* First page */
-	case KEY_HOME:
-	    if (!begin_reached) {
-		begin_reached = 1;
-		/* First page not in buffer? */
-		if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
-		    endwin ();
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
-		    exit (-1);
-		}
-		if (fpos > bytes_read) {	/* Yes, we have to read it in */
-		    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
-			endwin ();
-			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
-				 "dialog_textbox().\n");
-			exit (-1);
-		    }
-		    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
-			endwin ();
-			fprintf (stderr,
-			     "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
-			exit (-1);
-		    }
-		    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
-		}
-		page = buf;
-		print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
-		print_position (dialog, height, width);
-		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
-		wrefresh (dialog);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case 'G':		/* Last page */
-	case KEY_END:
-
-	    end_reached = 1;
-	    /* Last page not in buffer? */
-	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
-		endwin ();
-		fprintf (stderr,
-		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
-		exit (-1);
-	    }
-	    if (fpos < file_size) {	/* Yes, we have to read it in */
-		if (lseek (fd, -BUF_SIZE, SEEK_END) == -1) {
-		    endwin ();
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
-		    exit (-1);
-		}
-		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
-		    endwin ();
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			     "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
-		    exit (-1);
-		}
-		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
-	    }
-	    page = buf + bytes_read;
-	    back_lines (height - 4);
-	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
-	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
-	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
-	    wrefresh (dialog);
-	    break;
-	case 'K':		/* Previous line */
-	case 'k':
-	case KEY_UP:
-	    if (!begin_reached) {
-		back_lines (page_length + 1);
-
-		/* We don't call print_page() here but use scrolling to ensure
-		   faster screen update. However, 'end_reached' and
-		   'page_length' should still be updated, and 'page' should
-		   point to start of next page. This is done by calling
-		   get_line() in the following 'for' loop. */
-		scrollok (text, TRUE);
-		wscrl (text, -1);	/* Scroll text region down one line */
-		scrollok (text, FALSE);
-		page_length = 0;
-		passed_end = 0;
-		for (i = 0; i < height - 4; i++) {
-		    if (!i) {
-			/* print first line of page */
-			print_line (text, 0, width - 2);
-			wnoutrefresh (text);
-		    } else
-			/* Called to update 'end_reached' and 'page' */
-			get_line ();
-		    if (!passed_end)
-			page_length++;
-		    if (end_reached && !passed_end)
-			passed_end = 1;
-		}
-
-		print_position (dialog, height, width);
-		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
-		wrefresh (dialog);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case 'B':		/* Previous page */
-	case 'b':
-	case KEY_PPAGE:
-	    if (begin_reached)
-		break;
-	    back_lines (page_length + height - 4);
-	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
-	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
-	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
-	    wrefresh (dialog);
-	    break;
-	case 'J':		/* Next line */
-	case 'j':
-	case KEY_DOWN:
-	    if (!end_reached) {
-		begin_reached = 0;
-		scrollok (text, TRUE);
-		scroll (text);	/* Scroll text region up one line */
-		scrollok (text, FALSE);
-		print_line (text, height - 5, width - 2);
-		wnoutrefresh (text);
-		print_position (dialog, height, width);
-		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
-		wrefresh (dialog);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case KEY_NPAGE:		/* Next page */
-	case ' ':
-	    if (end_reached)
-		break;
-
-	    begin_reached = 0;
-	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
-	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
-	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
-	    wrefresh (dialog);
-	    break;
-	case '0':		/* Beginning of line */
-	case 'H':		/* Scroll left */
-	case 'h':
-	case KEY_LEFT:
-	    if (hscroll <= 0)
-		break;
-
-	    if (key == '0')
-		hscroll = 0;
-	    else
-		hscroll--;
-	    /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
-	    back_lines (page_length);
-	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
-	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
-	    wrefresh (dialog);
-	    break;
-	case 'L':		/* Scroll right */
-	case 'l':
-	case KEY_RIGHT:
-	    if (hscroll >= MAX_LEN)
-		break;
-	    hscroll++;
-	    /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
-	    back_lines (page_length);
-	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
-	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
-	    wrefresh (dialog);
-	    break;
-	case ESC:
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    delwin (dialog);
-    free (buf);
-    close (fd);
-    return 1;			/* ESC pressed */
-}
-
-/*
- * Go back 'n' lines in text file. Called by dialog_textbox().
- * 'page' will be updated to point to the desired line in 'buf'.
- */
-static void
-back_lines (int n)
-{
-    int i, fpos;
-
-    begin_reached = 0;
-    /* We have to distinguish between end_reached and !end_reached
-       since at end of file, the line is not ended by a '\n'.
-       The code inside 'if' basically does a '--page' to move one
-       character backward so as to skip '\n' of the previous line */
-    if (!end_reached) {
-	/* Either beginning of buffer or beginning of file reached? */
-	if (page == buf) {
-	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
-		endwin ();
-		fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
-			 "back_lines().\n");
-		exit (-1);
-	    }
-	    if (fpos > bytes_read) {	/* Not beginning of file yet */
-		/* We've reached beginning of buffer, but not beginning of
-		   file yet, so read previous part of file into buffer.
-		   Note that we only move backward for BUF_SIZE/2 bytes,
-		   but not BUF_SIZE bytes to avoid re-reading again in
-		   print_page() later */
-		/* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
-		if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
-		    /* No, move less then */
-		    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
-			endwin ();
-			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
-				 "back_lines().\n");
-			exit (-1);
-		    }
-		    page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
-		} else {	/* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
-		    if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read), SEEK_CUR)
-			== -1) {
-			endwin ();
-			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
-				 "in back_lines().\n");
-			exit (-1);
-		    }
-		    page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
-		}
-		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
-		    endwin ();
-		    fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in back_lines().\n");
-		    exit (-1);
-		}
-		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
-	    } else {		/* Beginning of file reached */
-		begin_reached = 1;
-		return;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (*(--page) != '\n') {	/* '--page' here */
-	    /* Something's wrong... */
-	    endwin ();
-	    fprintf (stderr, "\nInternal error in back_lines().\n");
-	    exit (-1);
-	}
-    }
-    /* Go back 'n' lines */
-    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
-	do {
-	    if (page == buf) {
-		if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
-		    endwin ();
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			  "\nError moving file pointer in back_lines().\n");
-		    exit (-1);
-		}
-		if (fpos > bytes_read) {
-		    /* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
-		    if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
-			/* No, move less then */
-			if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
-			    endwin ();
-			    fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
-				     "in back_lines().\n");
-			    exit (-1);
-			}
-			page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
-		    } else {	/* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
-			if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read),
-				   SEEK_CUR) == -1) {
-			    endwin ();
-			    fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer"
-				     " in back_lines().\n");
-			    exit (-1);
-			}
-			page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
-		    }
-		    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
-			endwin ();
-			fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in "
-				 "back_lines().\n");
-			exit (-1);
-		    }
-		    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
-		} else {	/* Beginning of file reached */
-		    begin_reached = 1;
-		    return;
-		}
-	    }
-	} while (*(--page) != '\n');
-    page++;
-}
-
-/*
- * Print a new page of text. Called by dialog_textbox().
- */
-static void
-print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
-{
-    int i, passed_end = 0;
-
-    page_length = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
-	print_line (win, i, width);
-	if (!passed_end)
-	    page_length++;
-	if (end_reached && !passed_end)
-	    passed_end = 1;
-    }
-    wnoutrefresh (win);
-}
-
-/*
- * Print a new line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_page().
- */
-static void
-print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width)
-{
-    int y, x;
-    char *line;
-
-    line = get_line ();
-    line += MIN (strlen (line), hscroll);	/* Scroll horizontally */
-    wmove (win, row, 0);	/* move cursor to correct line */
-    waddch (win, ' ');
-    waddnstr (win, line, MIN (strlen (line), width - 2));
-
-    getyx (win, y, x);
-    /* Clear 'residue' of previous line */
-#if OLD_NCURSES
-    {
-        int i;
-        for (i = 0; i < width - x; i++)
-	    waddch (win, ' ');
-    }
-#else
-    wclrtoeol(win);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * Return current line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_line().
- * 'page' should point to start of current line before calling, and will be
- * updated to point to start of next line.
- */
-static char *
-get_line (void)
-{
-    int i = 0, fpos;
-    static char line[MAX_LEN + 1];
-
-    end_reached = 0;
-    while (*page != '\n') {
-	if (*page == '\0') {
-	    /* Either end of file or end of buffer reached */
-	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
-		endwin ();
-		fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
-			 "get_line().\n");
-		exit (-1);
-	    }
-	    if (fpos < file_size) {	/* Not end of file yet */
-		/* We've reached end of buffer, but not end of file yet,
-		   so read next part of file into buffer */
-		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
-		    endwin ();
-		    fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in get_line().\n");
-		    exit (-1);
-		}
-		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
-		page = buf;
-	    } else {
-		if (!end_reached)
-		    end_reached = 1;
-		break;
-	    }
-	} else if (i < MAX_LEN)
-	    line[i++] = *(page++);
-	else {
-	    /* Truncate lines longer than MAX_LEN characters */
-	    if (i == MAX_LEN)
-		line[i++] = '\0';
-	    page++;
-	}
-    }
-    if (i <= MAX_LEN)
-	line[i] = '\0';
-    if (!end_reached)
-	page++;			/* move pass '\n' */
-
-    return line;
-}
-
-/*
- * Print current position
- */
-static void
-print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
-{
-    int fpos, percent;
-
-    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
-	endwin ();
-	fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in print_position().\n");
-	exit (-1);
-    }
-    wattrset (win, position_indicator_attr);
-    wbkgdset (win, position_indicator_attr & A_COLOR);
-    percent = !file_size ?
-	100 : ((fpos - bytes_read + page - buf) * 100) / file_size;
-    wmove (win, height - 3, width - 9);
-    wprintw (win, "(%3d%%)", percent);
-}

+ 0 - 375
config/util.c

@@ -1,375 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  util.c
- *
- *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-
-/* use colors by default? */
-bool use_colors = 1;
-
-char *backtitle = NULL;
-
-const char *dialog_result;
-
-/*
- * Attribute values, default is for mono display
- */
-chtype attributes[] =
-{
-    A_NORMAL,			/* screen_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* shadow_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* dialog_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* title_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* border_attr */
-    A_REVERSE,			/* button_active_attr */
-    A_DIM,			/* button_inactive_attr */
-    A_REVERSE,			/* button_key_active_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* button_key_inactive_attr */
-    A_REVERSE,			/* button_label_active_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* button_label_inactive_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* inputbox_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* inputbox_border_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* searchbox_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* searchbox_title_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* searchbox_border_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* position_indicator_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* menubox_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* menubox_border_attr */
-    A_NORMAL,			/* item_attr */
-    A_REVERSE,			/* item_selected_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* tag_attr */
-    A_REVERSE,			/* tag_selected_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* tag_key_attr */
-    A_REVERSE,			/* tag_key_selected_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* check_attr */
-    A_REVERSE,			/* check_selected_attr */
-    A_BOLD,			/* uarrow_attr */
-    A_BOLD			/* darrow_attr */
-};
-
-
-#include "colors.h"
-
-/*
- * Table of color values
- */
-int color_table[][3] =
-{
-    {SCREEN_FG, SCREEN_BG, SCREEN_HL},
-    {SHADOW_FG, SHADOW_BG, SHADOW_HL},
-    {DIALOG_FG, DIALOG_BG, DIALOG_HL},
-    {TITLE_FG, TITLE_BG, TITLE_HL},
-    {BORDER_FG, BORDER_BG, BORDER_HL},
-    {BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL},
-    {BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL},
-    {BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL},
-    {BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL},
-    {BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL},
-    {BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG,
-     BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL},
-    {INPUTBOX_FG, INPUTBOX_BG, INPUTBOX_HL},
-    {INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL},
-    {SEARCHBOX_FG, SEARCHBOX_BG, SEARCHBOX_HL},
-    {SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL},
-    {SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL},
-    {POSITION_INDICATOR_FG, POSITION_INDICATOR_BG, POSITION_INDICATOR_HL},
-    {MENUBOX_FG, MENUBOX_BG, MENUBOX_HL},
-    {MENUBOX_BORDER_FG, MENUBOX_BORDER_BG, MENUBOX_BORDER_HL},
-    {ITEM_FG, ITEM_BG, ITEM_HL},
-    {ITEM_SELECTED_FG, ITEM_SELECTED_BG, ITEM_SELECTED_HL},
-    {TAG_FG, TAG_BG, TAG_HL},
-    {TAG_SELECTED_FG, TAG_SELECTED_BG, TAG_SELECTED_HL},
-    {TAG_KEY_FG, TAG_KEY_BG, TAG_KEY_HL},
-    {TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL},
-    {CHECK_FG, CHECK_BG, CHECK_HL},
-    {CHECK_SELECTED_FG, CHECK_SELECTED_BG, CHECK_SELECTED_HL},
-    {UARROW_FG, UARROW_BG, UARROW_HL},
-    {DARROW_FG, DARROW_BG, DARROW_HL},
-};				/* color_table */
-
-/*
- * Set window to attribute 'attr'
- */
-void
-attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr)
-{
-    int i, j;
-
-    wattrset (win, attr);
-    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
-	wmove (win, i, 0);
-	for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
-	    waddch (win, ' ');
-    }
-    touchwin (win);
-}
-
-void dialog_clear (void)
-{
-    attr_clear (stdscr, LINES, COLS, screen_attr);
-    /* Display background title if it exists ... - SLH */
-    if (backtitle != NULL) {
-        int i;
-
-        wattrset (stdscr, screen_attr);
-        mvwaddstr (stdscr, 0, 1, (char *)backtitle);
-        wmove (stdscr, 1, 1);
-        for (i = 1; i < COLS - 1; i++)
-            waddch (stdscr, ACS_HLINE);
-    }
-    wnoutrefresh (stdscr);
-}
-
-/*
- * Do some initialization for dialog
- */
-void
-init_dialog (void)
-{
-    initscr ();			/* Init curses */
-    keypad (stdscr, TRUE);
-    cbreak ();
-    noecho ();
-
-
-    if (use_colors)	/* Set up colors */
-	color_setup ();
-
-
-    dialog_clear ();
-}
-
-/*
- * Setup for color display
- */
-void
-color_setup (void)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (has_colors ()) {	/* Terminal supports color? */
-	start_color ();
-
-	/* Initialize color pairs */
-	for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
-	    init_pair (i + 1, color_table[i][0], color_table[i][1]);
-
-	/* Setup color attributes */
-	for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
-	    attributes[i] = C_ATTR (color_table[i][2], i + 1);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * End using dialog functions.
- */
-void
-end_dialog (void)
-{
-    endwin ();
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Print a string of text in a window, automatically wrap around to the
- * next line if the string is too long to fit on one line. Newline
- * characters '\n' are replaced by spaces.  We start on a new line
- * if there is no room for at least 4 nonblanks following a double-space.
- */
-void
-print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x)
-{
-    int newl, cur_x, cur_y;
-    int i, prompt_len, room, wlen;
-    char tempstr[MAX_LEN + 1], *word, *sp, *sp2;
-
-    strcpy (tempstr, prompt);
-
-    prompt_len = strlen(tempstr);
-
-    /*
-     * Remove newlines
-     */
-    for(i=0; i<prompt_len; i++) {
-	if(tempstr[i] == '\n') tempstr[i] = ' ';
-    }
-
-    if (prompt_len <= width - x * 2) {	/* If prompt is short */
-	wmove (win, y, (width - prompt_len) / 2);
-	waddstr (win, tempstr);
-    } else {
-	cur_x = x;
-	cur_y = y;
-	newl = 1;
-	word = tempstr;
-	while (word && *word) {
-	    sp = index(word, ' ');
-	    if (sp)
-	        *sp++ = 0;
-
-	    /* Wrap to next line if either the word does not fit,
-	       or it is the first word of a new sentence, and it is
-	       short, and the next word does not fit. */
-	    room = width - cur_x;
-	    wlen = strlen(word);
-	    if (wlen > room ||
-	       (newl && wlen < 4 && sp && wlen+1+strlen(sp) > room
-		     && (!(sp2 = index(sp, ' ')) || wlen+1+(sp2-sp) > room))) {
-		cur_y++;
-		cur_x = x;
-	    }
-	    wmove (win, cur_y, cur_x);
-	    waddstr (win, word);
-	    getyx (win, cur_y, cur_x);
-	    cur_x++;
-	    if (sp && *sp == ' ') {
-	        cur_x++;	/* double space */
-		while (*++sp == ' ');
-		newl = 1;
-	    } else
-	        newl = 0;
-	    word = sp;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Print a button
- */
-void
-print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected)
-{
-    int i, temp;
-
-    wmove (win, y, x);
-    wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
-    waddstr (win, "<");
-    temp = strspn (label, " ");
-    label += temp;
-    wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
-	      : button_label_inactive_attr);
-    for (i = 0; i < temp; i++)
-	waddch (win, ' ');
-    wattrset (win, selected ? button_key_active_attr
-	      : button_key_inactive_attr);
-    waddch (win, label[0]);
-    wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
-	      : button_label_inactive_attr);
-    waddstr (win, (char *)label + 1);
-    wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
-    waddstr (win, ">");
-    wmove (win, y, x + temp + 1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Draw a rectangular box with line drawing characters
- */
-void
-draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width,
-	  chtype box, chtype border)
-{
-    int i, j;
-
-    wattrset (win, 0);
-    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
-	wmove (win, y + i, x);
-	for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
-	    if (!i && !j)
-		waddch (win, border | ACS_ULCORNER);
-	    else if (i == height - 1 && !j)
-		waddch (win, border | ACS_LLCORNER);
-	    else if (!i && j == width - 1)
-		waddch (win, box | ACS_URCORNER);
-	    else if (i == height - 1 && j == width - 1)
-		waddch (win, box | ACS_LRCORNER);
-	    else if (!i)
-		waddch (win, border | ACS_HLINE);
-	    else if (i == height - 1)
-		waddch (win, box | ACS_HLINE);
-	    else if (!j)
-		waddch (win, border | ACS_VLINE);
-	    else if (j == width - 1)
-		waddch (win, box | ACS_VLINE);
-	    else
-		waddch (win, box | ' ');
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Draw shadows along the right and bottom edge to give a more 3D look
- * to the boxes
- */
-void
-draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (has_colors ()) {	/* Whether terminal supports color? */
-	wattrset (win, shadow_attr);
-	wmove (win, y + height, x + 2);
-	for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
-	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
-	for (i = y + 1; i < y + height + 1; i++) {
-	    wmove (win, i, x + width);
-	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
-	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
-	}
-	wnoutrefresh (win);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *  Return the position of the first alphabetic character in a string.
- */
-int
-first_alpha(const char *string, const char *exempt)
-{
-	int i, in_paren=0, c;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < strlen(string); i++) {
-		c = tolower(string[i]);
-
-		if (strchr("<[(", c)) ++in_paren;
-		if (strchr(">])", c) && in_paren > 0) --in_paren;
-
-		if ((! in_paren) && isalpha(c) &&
-		     strchr(exempt, c) == 0)
-			return i;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Get the first selected item in the dialog_list_item list.
- */
-struct dialog_list_item *
-first_sel_item(int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items)
-{
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
-		if (items[i]->selected)
-			return items[i];
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}

+ 0 - 118
config/yesno.c

@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  yesno.c -- implements the yes/no box
- *
- *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
- *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
- *
- *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *  GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-/*
- * Display termination buttons
- */
-static void
-print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
-{
-    int x = width / 2 - 10;
-    int y = height - 2;
-
-    print_button (dialog, " Yes ", y, x, selected == 0);
-    print_button (dialog, "  No  ", y, x + 13, selected == 1);
-
-    wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 13*selected );
-    wrefresh (dialog);
-}
-
-/*
- * Display a dialog box with two buttons - Yes and No
- */
-int
-dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width)
-{
-    int i, x, y, key = 0, button = 0;
-    WINDOW *dialog;
-
-    /* center dialog box on screen */
-    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
-    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
-
-    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
-
-    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
-    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
-
-    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
-    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
-    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
-    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
-	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
-
-    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
-	/* truncate long title -- mec */
-	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
-	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
-	title2[width-2] = '\0';
-	title = title2;
-    }
-
-    if (title != NULL) {
-	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
-	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
-	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
-	waddch (dialog, ' ');
-    }
-
-    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
-    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
-
-    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
-
-    while (key != ESC) {
-	key = wgetch (dialog);
-	switch (key) {
-	case 'Y':
-	case 'y':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    return 0;
-	case 'N':
-	case 'n':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    return 1;
-
-	case TAB:
-	case KEY_LEFT:
-	case KEY_RIGHT:
-	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
-			? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
-
-	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
-	    wrefresh (dialog);
-	    break;
-	case ' ':
-	case '\n':
-	    delwin (dialog);
-	    return button;
-	case ESC:
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    delwin (dialog);
-    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
-}

+ 0 - 387
config/zconf.l

@@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
-%option backup nostdinit noyywrap never-interactive full ecs
-%option 8bit backup nodefault perf-report perf-report
-%x COMMAND HELP STRING PARAM
-%{
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <glob.h>
-
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-
-#define START_STRSIZE	16
-
-char *text;
-static char *text_ptr;
-static int text_size, text_asize;
-
-struct buffer {
-        struct buffer *parent;
-        YY_BUFFER_STATE state;
-};
-
-struct buffer *current_buf;
-
-static int last_ts, first_ts;
-
-static void zconf_endhelp(void);
-static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void);
-
-void new_string(void)
-{
-	text = malloc(START_STRSIZE);
-	text_asize = START_STRSIZE;
-	text_ptr = text;
-	text_size = 0;
-	*text_ptr = 0;
-}
-
-void append_string(const char *str, int size)
-{
-	int new_size = text_size + size + 1;
-	if (new_size > text_asize) {
-		text = realloc(text, new_size);
-		text_asize = new_size;
-		text_ptr = text + text_size;
-	}
-	memcpy(text_ptr, str, size);
-	text_ptr += size;
-	text_size += size;
-	*text_ptr = 0;
-}
-
-void alloc_string(const char *str, int size)
-{
-	text = malloc(size + 1);
-	memcpy(text, str, size);
-	text[size] = 0;
-}
-%}
-
-ws	[ \n\t]
-n	[A-Za-z0-9_]
-
-%%
-	int str = 0;
-	int ts, i;
-
-[ \t]*#.*\n	current_file->lineno++;
-[ \t]*#.*
-
-[ \t]*\n	current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL;
-
-[ \t]+	{
-	BEGIN(COMMAND);
-}
-
-.	{
-	unput(yytext[0]);
-	BEGIN(COMMAND);
-}
-
-
-<COMMAND>{
-	"mainmenu"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MAINMENU;
-	"menu"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENU;
-	"endmenu"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDMENU;
-	"source"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SOURCE;
-	"choice"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CHOICE;
-	"endchoice"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDCHOICE;
-	"comment"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_COMMENT;
-	"config"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CONFIG;
-	"menuconfig"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENUCONFIG;
-	"help"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HELP;
-	"if"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_IF;
-	"endif"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDIF;
-	"depends"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEPENDS;
-	"requires"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_REQUIRES;
-	"optional"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_OPTIONAL;
-	"default"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEFAULT;
-	"prompt"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_PROMPT;
-	"tristate"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_TRISTATE;
-	"def_tristate"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_TRISTATE;
-	"bool"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN;
-	"boolean"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN;
-	"def_bool"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN;
-	"def_boolean"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN;
-	"int"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_INT;
-	"hex"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HEX;
-	"string"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_STRING;
-	"select"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT;
-	"enable"		BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT;
-	"range"			BEGIN(PARAM); return T_RANGE;
-	{n}+	{
-		alloc_string(yytext, yyleng);
-		zconflval.string = text;
-		return T_WORD;
-	}
-	.
-	\n	current_file->lineno++; BEGIN(INITIAL);
-}
-
-<PARAM>{
-	"&&"	return T_AND;
-	"||"	return T_OR;
-	"("	return T_OPEN_PAREN;
-	")"	return T_CLOSE_PAREN;
-	"!"	return T_NOT;
-	"="	return T_EQUAL;
-	"!="	return T_UNEQUAL;
-	"if"	return T_IF;
-	"on"	return T_ON;
-	\"|\'	{
-		str = yytext[0];
-		new_string();
-		BEGIN(STRING);
-	}
-	\n	BEGIN(INITIAL); current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL;
-	---	/* ignore */
-	({n}|[-/.])+	{
-		alloc_string(yytext, yyleng);
-		zconflval.string = text;
-		return T_WORD;
-	}
-	#.*	/* comment */
-	\\\n	current_file->lineno++;
-	.
-	<<EOF>> {
-		BEGIN(INITIAL);
-	}
-}
-
-<STRING>{
-	[^'"\\\n]+/\n	{
-		append_string(yytext, yyleng);
-		zconflval.string = text;
-		return T_WORD_QUOTE;
-	}
-	[^'"\\\n]+	{
-		append_string(yytext, yyleng);
-	}
-	\\.?/\n	{
-		append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1);
-		zconflval.string = text;
-		return T_WORD_QUOTE;
-	}
-	\\.?	{
-		append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1);
-	}
-	\'|\"	{
-		if (str == yytext[0]) {
-			BEGIN(PARAM);
-			zconflval.string = text;
-			return T_WORD_QUOTE;
-		} else
-			append_string(yytext, 1);
-	}
-	\n	{
-		printf("%s:%d:warning: multi-line strings not supported\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-		current_file->lineno++;
-		BEGIN(INITIAL);
-		return T_EOL;
-	}
-	<<EOF>>	{
-		BEGIN(INITIAL);
-	}
-}
-
-<HELP>{
-	[ \t]+	{
-		ts = 0;
-		for (i = 0; i < yyleng; i++) {
-			if (yytext[i] == '\t')
-				ts = (ts & ~7) + 8;
-			else
-				ts++;
-		}
-		last_ts = ts;
-		if (first_ts) {
-			if (ts < first_ts) {
-				zconf_endhelp();
-				return T_HELPTEXT;
-			}
-			ts -= first_ts;
-			while (ts > 8) {
-				append_string("        ", 8);
-				ts -= 8;
-			}
-			append_string("        ", ts);
-		}
-	}
-	[ \t]*\n/[^ \t\n] {
-		current_file->lineno++;
-		zconf_endhelp();
-		return T_HELPTEXT;
-	}
-	[ \t]*\n	{
-		current_file->lineno++;
-		append_string("\n", 1);
-	}
-	[^ \t\n].* {
-		append_string(yytext, yyleng);
-		if (!first_ts)
-			first_ts = last_ts;
-	}
-	<<EOF>>	{
-		zconf_endhelp();
-		return T_HELPTEXT;
-	}
-}
-
-<<EOF>>	{
-	if (current_buf) {
-		zconf_endfile();
-		return T_EOF;
-	}
-	fclose(yyin);
-	yyterminate();
-}
-
-%%
-void zconf_starthelp(void)
-{
-	new_string();
-	last_ts = first_ts = 0;
-	BEGIN(HELP);
-}
-
-static void zconf_endhelp(void)
-{
-	zconflval.string = text;
-	BEGIN(INITIAL);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Try to open specified file with following names:
- * ./name
- * $(srctree)/name
- * The latter is used when srctree is separate from objtree
- * when compiling the kernel.
- * Return NULL if file is not found.
- */
-FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name)
-{
-	char *env, fullname[PATH_MAX+1];
-	FILE *f;
-
-	f = fopen(name, "r");
-	if (!f && name[0] != '/') {
-		env = getenv(SRCTREE);
-		if (env) {
-			sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name);
-			f = fopen(fullname, "r");
-		}
-	}
-	return f;
-}
-
-void zconf_initscan(const char *name)
-{
-	yyin = zconf_fopen(name);
-	if (!yyin) {
-		printf("can't find file %s\n", name);
-		exit(1);
-	}
-
-	current_buf = malloc(sizeof(*current_buf));
-	memset(current_buf, 0, sizeof(*current_buf));
-
-	current_file = file_lookup(name);
-	current_file->lineno = 1;
-	current_file->flags = FILE_BUSY;
-}
-
-void zconf_nextfile(const char *name)
-{
-	size_t i;
-	int retval;
-	glob_t files;
-	char *filename;
-	struct file *file;
-	struct buffer *buf;
-
-	retval = glob(name, GLOB_ERR | GLOB_MARK, NULL, &files);
-	if (retval == GLOB_NOSPACE || retval == GLOB_ABORTED || retval == GLOB_NOMATCH) {
-		printf("%s:%d: glob failed: %s \"%s\"\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(),
-			retval == GLOB_NOSPACE ? "failed to allocate memory" :
-				retval == GLOB_ABORTED ? "read error" : "no match",
-			name);
-		exit(1);
-	}
-
-	for (i = files.gl_pathc-1; i != (size_t)-1; --i) {
-		filename = files.gl_pathv[i];
-
-		file = file_lookup(filename);
-		buf = malloc(sizeof(*buf));
-		memset(buf, 0, sizeof(*buf));
-		current_buf->state = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
-		zconfin = zconf_fopen(filename);
-		if (!zconfin) {
-			printf("%s:%d: can't open file \"%s\"\n",
-				zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), filename);
-			exit(1);
-		}
-		zconf_switch_to_buffer(zconf_create_buffer(zconfin,YY_BUF_SIZE));
-		buf->parent = current_buf;
-		current_buf = buf;
-
-		if (file->flags & FILE_BUSY) {
-			printf("recursive scan (%s)?\n", filename);
-			exit(1);
-		}
-		if (file->flags & FILE_SCANNED) {
-			printf("file %s already scanned?\n", filename);
-			exit(1);
-		}
-		file->flags |= FILE_BUSY;
-		file->lineno = 1;
-		file->parent = current_file;
-		current_file = file;
-	}
-}
-
-static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void)
-{
-	struct buffer *parent;
-
-	current_file->flags |= FILE_SCANNED;
-	current_file->flags &= ~FILE_BUSY;
-	current_file = current_file->parent;
-
-	parent = current_buf->parent;
-	if (parent) {
-		fclose(yyin);
-		yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER);
-		yy_switch_to_buffer(parent->state);
-	}
-	free(current_buf);
-	current_buf = parent;
-
-	return parent;
-}
-
-int zconf_lineno(void)
-{
-	if (current_buf)
-		return current_file->lineno - 1;
-	else
-		return 0;
-}
-
-char *zconf_curname(void)
-{
-	if (current_buf)
-		return current_file->name;
-	else
-		return "<none>";
-}

+ 0 - 2133
config/zconf.output

@@ -1,2133 +0,0 @@
-State 52 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
-State 53 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
-State 54 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
-State 55 conflicts: 10 shift/reduce
-State 56 conflicts: 12 shift/reduce
-State 57 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
-State 58 conflicts: 13 shift/reduce
-State 59 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
-
-
-Grammar
-
-    0 $accept: input $end
-
-    1 input: /* empty */
-    2      | input block
-
-    3 block: common_block
-    4      | choice_stmt
-    5      | menu_stmt
-    6      | T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof
-    7      | T_ENDMENU
-    8      | T_ENDIF
-    9      | T_ENDCHOICE
-   10      | error nl_or_eof
-
-   11 common_block: if_stmt
-   12             | comment_stmt
-   13             | config_stmt
-   14             | menuconfig_stmt
-   15             | source_stmt
-   16             | nl_or_eof
-
-   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
-
-   18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list
-
-   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
-
-   20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list
-
-   21 config_option_list: /* empty */
-   22                   | config_option_list config_option
-   23                   | config_option_list depends
-   24                   | config_option_list help
-   25                   | config_option_list T_EOL
-
-   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-   27              | T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL
-   28              | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-   29              | T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL
-   30              | T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-   31              | T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-   32              | T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-   33              | T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
-   34              | T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL
-   35              | T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-   36              | T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-   37              | T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
-
-   38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL
-
-   39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list
-
-   40 choice_end: end
-
-   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end
-   42            | choice_entry choice_block
-
-   43 choice_option_list: /* empty */
-   44                   | choice_option_list choice_option
-   45                   | choice_option_list depends
-   46                   | choice_option_list help
-   47                   | choice_option_list T_EOL
-
-   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
-   49              | T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-   50              | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-   51              | T_OPTIONAL T_EOL
-   52              | T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-
-   53 choice_block: /* empty */
-   54             | choice_block common_block
-
-   55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL
-
-   56 if_end: end
-
-   57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end
-   58        | if if_block
-
-   59 if_block: /* empty */
-   60         | if_block common_block
-   61         | if_block menu_stmt
-   62         | if_block choice_stmt
-
-   63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL
-
-   64 menu_entry: menu depends_list
-
-   65 menu_end: end
-
-   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end
-   67          | menu_entry menu_block
-
-   68 menu_block: /* empty */
-   69           | menu_block common_block
-   70           | menu_block menu_stmt
-   71           | menu_block choice_stmt
-   72           | menu_block error T_EOL
-
-   73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL
-
-   74 source_stmt: source
-
-   75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL
-
-   76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list
-
-   77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL
-
-   78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT
-
-   79 depends_list: /* empty */
-   80             | depends_list depends
-   81             | depends_list T_EOL
-
-   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL
-   83        | T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL
-   84        | T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL
-
-   85 prompt_stmt_opt: /* empty */
-   86                | prompt if_expr
-
-   87 prompt: T_WORD
-   88       | T_WORD_QUOTE
-
-   89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof
-   90    | T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof
-   91    | T_ENDIF nl_or_eof
-
-   92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL
-   93          | T_EOF
-
-   94 if_expr: /* empty */
-   95        | T_IF expr
-
-   96 expr: symbol
-   97     | symbol T_EQUAL symbol
-   98     | symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol
-   99     | T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN
-  100     | T_NOT expr
-  101     | expr T_OR expr
-  102     | expr T_AND expr
-
-  103 symbol: T_WORD
-  104       | T_WORD_QUOTE
-
-
-Terminals, with rules where they appear
-
-$end (0) 0
-error (256) 10 72
-T_MAINMENU (258) 6
-T_MENU (259) 63
-T_ENDMENU (260) 7 89
-T_SOURCE (261) 73
-T_CHOICE (262) 38
-T_ENDCHOICE (263) 9 90
-T_COMMENT (264) 75
-T_CONFIG (265) 17
-T_MENUCONFIG (266) 19
-T_HELP (267) 77
-T_HELPTEXT (268) 78
-T_IF (269) 55 95
-T_ENDIF (270) 8 91
-T_DEPENDS (271) 82 83
-T_REQUIRES (272) 84
-T_OPTIONAL (273) 51
-T_PROMPT (274) 33 48
-T_DEFAULT (275) 34 52
-T_TRISTATE (276) 26 49
-T_DEF_TRISTATE (277) 27
-T_BOOLEAN (278) 28 50
-T_DEF_BOOLEAN (279) 29
-T_STRING (280) 32
-T_INT (281) 30
-T_HEX (282) 31
-T_WORD (283) 17 19 35 36 52 87 103
-T_WORD_QUOTE (284) 88 104
-T_UNEQUAL (285) 98
-T_EOF (286) 93
-T_EOL (287) 17 19 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 47 48 49
-    50 51 52 55 63 72 73 75 77 81 82 83 84 92
-T_CLOSE_PAREN (288) 99
-T_OPEN_PAREN (289) 99
-T_ON (290) 82
-T_SELECT (291) 35 36
-T_RANGE (292) 37
-T_OR (293) 101
-T_AND (294) 102
-T_EQUAL (295) 97
-T_NOT (296) 36 100
-
-
-Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
-
-$accept (42)
-    on left: 0
-input (43)
-    on left: 1 2, on right: 0 2
-block (44)
-    on left: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10, on right: 2
-common_block (45)
-    on left: 11 12 13 14 15 16, on right: 3 54 60 69
-config_entry_start (46)
-    on left: 17, on right: 18
-config_stmt (47)
-    on left: 18, on right: 13
-menuconfig_entry_start (48)
-    on left: 19, on right: 20
-menuconfig_stmt (49)
-    on left: 20, on right: 14
-config_option_list (50)
-    on left: 21 22 23 24 25, on right: 18 20 22 23 24 25
-config_option (51)
-    on left: 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37, on right: 22
-choice (52)
-    on left: 38, on right: 39
-choice_entry (53)
-    on left: 39, on right: 41 42
-choice_end (54)
-    on left: 40, on right: 41
-choice_stmt (55)
-    on left: 41 42, on right: 4 62 71
-choice_option_list (56)
-    on left: 43 44 45 46 47, on right: 39 44 45 46 47
-choice_option (57)
-    on left: 48 49 50 51 52, on right: 44
-choice_block (58)
-    on left: 53 54, on right: 41 42 54
-if (59)
-    on left: 55, on right: 57 58
-if_end (60)
-    on left: 56, on right: 57
-if_stmt (61)
-    on left: 57 58, on right: 11
-if_block (62)
-    on left: 59 60 61 62, on right: 57 58 60 61 62
-menu (63)
-    on left: 63, on right: 64
-menu_entry (64)
-    on left: 64, on right: 66 67
-menu_end (65)
-    on left: 65, on right: 66
-menu_stmt (66)
-    on left: 66 67, on right: 5 61 70
-menu_block (67)
-    on left: 68 69 70 71 72, on right: 66 67 69 70 71 72
-source (68)
-    on left: 73, on right: 74
-source_stmt (69)
-    on left: 74, on right: 15
-comment (70)
-    on left: 75, on right: 76
-comment_stmt (71)
-    on left: 76, on right: 12
-help_start (72)
-    on left: 77, on right: 78
-help (73)
-    on left: 78, on right: 24 46
-depends_list (74)
-    on left: 79 80 81, on right: 64 76 80 81
-depends (75)
-    on left: 82 83 84, on right: 23 45 80
-prompt_stmt_opt (76)
-    on left: 85 86, on right: 26 28 30 31 32 49 50
-prompt (77)
-    on left: 87 88, on right: 6 33 48 63 73 75 86
-end (78)
-    on left: 89 90 91, on right: 40 56 65
-nl_or_eof (79)
-    on left: 92 93, on right: 6 10 16 89 90 91
-if_expr (80)
-    on left: 94 95, on right: 27 29 33 34 35 36 37 48 52 86
-expr (81)
-    on left: 96 97 98 99 100 101 102, on right: 27 29 34 55 82 83 84
-    95 99 100 101 102
-symbol (82)
-    on left: 103 104, on right: 37 96 97 98
-
-
-state 0
-
-    0 $accept: . input $end
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 1 (input)
-
-    input  go to state 1
-
-
-state 1
-
-    0 $accept: input . $end
-    2 input: input . block
-
-    $end          shift, and go to state 2
-    error         shift, and go to state 3
-    T_MAINMENU    shift, and go to state 4
-    T_MENU        shift, and go to state 5
-    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 6
-    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
-    T_CHOICE      shift, and go to state 8
-    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 9
-    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
-    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
-    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
-    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
-    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 14
-    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
-
-    block                   go to state 17
-    common_block            go to state 18
-    config_entry_start      go to state 19
-    config_stmt             go to state 20
-    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
-    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
-    choice                  go to state 23
-    choice_entry            go to state 24
-    choice_stmt             go to state 25
-    if                      go to state 26
-    if_stmt                 go to state 27
-    menu                    go to state 28
-    menu_entry              go to state 29
-    menu_stmt               go to state 30
-    source                  go to state 31
-    source_stmt             go to state 32
-    comment                 go to state 33
-    comment_stmt            go to state 34
-    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
-
-
-state 2
-
-    0 $accept: input $end .
-
-    $default  accept
-
-
-state 3
-
-   10 block: error . nl_or_eof
-
-    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
-
-    nl_or_eof  go to state 36
-
-
-state 4
-
-    6 block: T_MAINMENU . prompt nl_or_eof
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    prompt  go to state 39
-
-
-state 5
-
-   63 menu: T_MENU . prompt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    prompt  go to state 40
-
-
-state 6
-
-    7 block: T_ENDMENU .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 7 (block)
-
-
-state 7
-
-   73 source: T_SOURCE . prompt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    prompt  go to state 41
-
-
-state 8
-
-   38 choice: T_CHOICE . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 42
-
-
-state 9
-
-    9 block: T_ENDCHOICE .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 9 (block)
-
-
-state 10
-
-   75 comment: T_COMMENT . prompt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    prompt  go to state 43
-
-
-state 11
-
-   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 44
-
-
-state 12
-
-   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 45
-
-
-state 13
-
-   55 if: T_IF . expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 50
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 14
-
-    8 block: T_ENDIF .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 8 (block)
-
-
-state 15
-
-   93 nl_or_eof: T_EOF .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 93 (nl_or_eof)
-
-
-state 16
-
-   92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 92 (nl_or_eof)
-
-
-state 17
-
-    2 input: input block .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 2 (input)
-
-
-state 18
-
-    3 block: common_block .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 3 (block)
-
-
-state 19
-
-   18 config_stmt: config_entry_start . config_option_list
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list)
-
-    config_option_list  go to state 52
-
-
-state 20
-
-   13 common_block: config_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 13 (common_block)
-
-
-state 21
-
-   20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start . config_option_list
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list)
-
-    config_option_list  go to state 53
-
-
-state 22
-
-   14 common_block: menuconfig_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 14 (common_block)
-
-
-state 23
-
-   39 choice_entry: choice . choice_option_list
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 43 (choice_option_list)
-
-    choice_option_list  go to state 54
-
-
-state 24
-
-   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry . choice_block choice_end
-   42            | choice_entry . choice_block
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 53 (choice_block)
-
-    choice_block  go to state 55
-
-
-state 25
-
-    4 block: choice_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 4 (block)
-
-
-state 26
-
-   57 if_stmt: if . if_block if_end
-   58        | if . if_block
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 59 (if_block)
-
-    if_block  go to state 56
-
-
-state 27
-
-   11 common_block: if_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 11 (common_block)
-
-
-state 28
-
-   64 menu_entry: menu . depends_list
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 79 (depends_list)
-
-    depends_list  go to state 57
-
-
-state 29
-
-   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry . menu_block menu_end
-   67          | menu_entry . menu_block
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 68 (menu_block)
-
-    menu_block  go to state 58
-
-
-state 30
-
-    5 block: menu_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 5 (block)
-
-
-state 31
-
-   74 source_stmt: source .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 74 (source_stmt)
-
-
-state 32
-
-   15 common_block: source_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 15 (common_block)
-
-
-state 33
-
-   76 comment_stmt: comment . depends_list
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 79 (depends_list)
-
-    depends_list  go to state 59
-
-
-state 34
-
-   12 common_block: comment_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 12 (common_block)
-
-
-state 35
-
-   16 common_block: nl_or_eof .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 16 (common_block)
-
-
-state 36
-
-   10 block: error nl_or_eof .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 10 (block)
-
-
-state 37
-
-   87 prompt: T_WORD .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 87 (prompt)
-
-
-state 38
-
-   88 prompt: T_WORD_QUOTE .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 88 (prompt)
-
-
-state 39
-
-    6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt . nl_or_eof
-
-    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
-
-    nl_or_eof  go to state 60
-
-
-state 40
-
-   63 menu: T_MENU prompt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 61
-
-
-state 41
-
-   73 source: T_SOURCE prompt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 62
-
-
-state 42
-
-   38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 38 (choice)
-
-
-state 43
-
-   75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 63
-
-
-state 44
-
-   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 64
-
-
-state 45
-
-   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 65
-
-
-state 46
-
-  103 symbol: T_WORD .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 103 (symbol)
-
-
-state 47
-
-  104 symbol: T_WORD_QUOTE .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 104 (symbol)
-
-
-state 48
-
-   99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN . expr T_CLOSE_PAREN
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 66
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 49
-
-  100 expr: T_NOT . expr
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 67
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 50
-
-   55 if: T_IF expr . T_EOL
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 68
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-
-state 51
-
-   96 expr: symbol .
-   97     | symbol . T_EQUAL symbol
-   98     | symbol . T_UNEQUAL symbol
-
-    T_UNEQUAL  shift, and go to state 71
-    T_EQUAL    shift, and go to state 72
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 96 (expr)
-
-
-state 52
-
-   18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list .
-   22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option
-   23                   | config_option_list . depends
-   24                   | config_option_list . help
-   25                   | config_option_list . T_EOL
-
-    T_HELP          shift, and go to state 73
-    T_DEPENDS       shift, and go to state 74
-    T_REQUIRES      shift, and go to state 75
-    T_PROMPT        shift, and go to state 76
-    T_DEFAULT       shift, and go to state 77
-    T_TRISTATE      shift, and go to state 78
-    T_DEF_TRISTATE  shift, and go to state 79
-    T_BOOLEAN       shift, and go to state 80
-    T_DEF_BOOLEAN   shift, and go to state 81
-    T_STRING        shift, and go to state 82
-    T_INT           shift, and go to state 83
-    T_HEX           shift, and go to state 84
-    T_EOL           shift, and go to state 85
-    T_SELECT        shift, and go to state 86
-    T_RANGE         shift, and go to state 87
-
-    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt)]
-    $default  reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt)
-
-    config_option  go to state 88
-    help_start     go to state 89
-    help           go to state 90
-    depends        go to state 91
-
-
-state 53
-
-   20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list .
-   22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option
-   23                   | config_option_list . depends
-   24                   | config_option_list . help
-   25                   | config_option_list . T_EOL
-
-    T_HELP          shift, and go to state 73
-    T_DEPENDS       shift, and go to state 74
-    T_REQUIRES      shift, and go to state 75
-    T_PROMPT        shift, and go to state 76
-    T_DEFAULT       shift, and go to state 77
-    T_TRISTATE      shift, and go to state 78
-    T_DEF_TRISTATE  shift, and go to state 79
-    T_BOOLEAN       shift, and go to state 80
-    T_DEF_BOOLEAN   shift, and go to state 81
-    T_STRING        shift, and go to state 82
-    T_INT           shift, and go to state 83
-    T_HEX           shift, and go to state 84
-    T_EOL           shift, and go to state 85
-    T_SELECT        shift, and go to state 86
-    T_RANGE         shift, and go to state 87
-
-    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt)]
-    $default  reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt)
-
-    config_option  go to state 88
-    help_start     go to state 89
-    help           go to state 90
-    depends        go to state 91
-
-
-state 54
-
-   39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list .
-   44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list . choice_option
-   45                   | choice_option_list . depends
-   46                   | choice_option_list . help
-   47                   | choice_option_list . T_EOL
-
-    T_HELP      shift, and go to state 73
-    T_DEPENDS   shift, and go to state 74
-    T_REQUIRES  shift, and go to state 75
-    T_OPTIONAL  shift, and go to state 92
-    T_PROMPT    shift, and go to state 93
-    T_DEFAULT   shift, and go to state 94
-    T_TRISTATE  shift, and go to state 95
-    T_BOOLEAN   shift, and go to state 96
-    T_EOL       shift, and go to state 97
-
-    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry)]
-    $default  reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry)
-
-    choice_option  go to state 98
-    help_start     go to state 89
-    help           go to state 99
-    depends        go to state 100
-
-
-state 55
-
-   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block . choice_end
-   42            | choice_entry choice_block .
-   54 choice_block: choice_block . common_block
-
-    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 101
-    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
-    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 102
-    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
-    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
-    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
-    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
-    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 103
-    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
-
-    T_ENDMENU     [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_SOURCE      [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_ENDCHOICE   [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_COMMENT     [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_CONFIG      [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_MENUCONFIG  [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_IF          [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_ENDIF       [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_EOF         [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    T_EOL         [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
-    $default      reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)
-
-    common_block            go to state 104
-    config_entry_start      go to state 19
-    config_stmt             go to state 20
-    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
-    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
-    choice_end              go to state 105
-    if                      go to state 26
-    if_stmt                 go to state 27
-    source                  go to state 31
-    source_stmt             go to state 32
-    comment                 go to state 33
-    comment_stmt            go to state 34
-    end                     go to state 106
-    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
-
-
-state 56
-
-   57 if_stmt: if if_block . if_end
-   58        | if if_block .
-   60 if_block: if_block . common_block
-   61         | if_block . menu_stmt
-   62         | if_block . choice_stmt
-
-    T_MENU        shift, and go to state 5
-    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 101
-    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
-    T_CHOICE      shift, and go to state 8
-    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 102
-    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
-    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
-    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
-    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
-    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 103
-    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
-
-    T_MENU        [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_ENDMENU     [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_SOURCE      [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_CHOICE      [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_ENDCHOICE   [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_COMMENT     [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_CONFIG      [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_MENUCONFIG  [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_IF          [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_ENDIF       [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_EOF         [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    T_EOL         [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
-    $default      reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)
-
-    common_block            go to state 107
-    config_entry_start      go to state 19
-    config_stmt             go to state 20
-    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
-    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
-    choice                  go to state 23
-    choice_entry            go to state 24
-    choice_stmt             go to state 108
-    if                      go to state 26
-    if_end                  go to state 109
-    if_stmt                 go to state 27
-    menu                    go to state 28
-    menu_entry              go to state 29
-    menu_stmt               go to state 110
-    source                  go to state 31
-    source_stmt             go to state 32
-    comment                 go to state 33
-    comment_stmt            go to state 34
-    end                     go to state 111
-    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
-
-
-state 57
-
-   64 menu_entry: menu depends_list .
-   80 depends_list: depends_list . depends
-   81             | depends_list . T_EOL
-
-    T_DEPENDS   shift, and go to state 74
-    T_REQUIRES  shift, and go to state 75
-    T_EOL       shift, and go to state 112
-
-    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry)]
-    $default  reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry)
-
-    depends  go to state 113
-
-
-state 58
-
-   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block . menu_end
-   67          | menu_entry menu_block .
-   69 menu_block: menu_block . common_block
-   70           | menu_block . menu_stmt
-   71           | menu_block . choice_stmt
-   72           | menu_block . error T_EOL
-
-    error         shift, and go to state 114
-    T_MENU        shift, and go to state 5
-    T_ENDMENU     shift, and go to state 101
-    T_SOURCE      shift, and go to state 7
-    T_CHOICE      shift, and go to state 8
-    T_ENDCHOICE   shift, and go to state 102
-    T_COMMENT     shift, and go to state 10
-    T_CONFIG      shift, and go to state 11
-    T_MENUCONFIG  shift, and go to state 12
-    T_IF          shift, and go to state 13
-    T_ENDIF       shift, and go to state 103
-    T_EOF         shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL         shift, and go to state 16
-
-    $end          reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)
-    error         [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_MAINMENU    reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)
-    T_MENU        [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_ENDMENU     [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_SOURCE      [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_CHOICE      [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_ENDCHOICE   [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_COMMENT     [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_CONFIG      [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_MENUCONFIG  [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_IF          [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_ENDIF       [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_EOF         [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-    T_EOL         [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
-
-    common_block            go to state 115
-    config_entry_start      go to state 19
-    config_stmt             go to state 20
-    menuconfig_entry_start  go to state 21
-    menuconfig_stmt         go to state 22
-    choice                  go to state 23
-    choice_entry            go to state 24
-    choice_stmt             go to state 116
-    if                      go to state 26
-    if_stmt                 go to state 27
-    menu                    go to state 28
-    menu_entry              go to state 29
-    menu_end                go to state 117
-    menu_stmt               go to state 118
-    source                  go to state 31
-    source_stmt             go to state 32
-    comment                 go to state 33
-    comment_stmt            go to state 34
-    end                     go to state 119
-    nl_or_eof               go to state 35
-
-
-state 59
-
-   76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list .
-   80 depends_list: depends_list . depends
-   81             | depends_list . T_EOL
-
-    T_DEPENDS   shift, and go to state 74
-    T_REQUIRES  shift, and go to state 75
-    T_EOL       shift, and go to state 112
-
-    T_EOL     [reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt)]
-    $default  reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt)
-
-    depends  go to state 113
-
-
-state 60
-
-    6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 6 (block)
-
-
-state 61
-
-   63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 63 (menu)
-
-
-state 62
-
-   73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 73 (source)
-
-
-state 63
-
-   75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 75 (comment)
-
-
-state 64
-
-   17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 17 (config_entry_start)
-
-
-state 65
-
-   19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 19 (menuconfig_entry_start)
-
-
-state 66
-
-   99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr . T_CLOSE_PAREN
-  101     | expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_CLOSE_PAREN  shift, and go to state 120
-    T_OR           shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND          shift, and go to state 70
-
-
-state 67
-
-  100 expr: T_NOT expr .
-  101     | expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 100 (expr)
-
-
-state 68
-
-   55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 55 (if)
-
-
-state 69
-
-  101 expr: expr T_OR . expr
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 121
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 70
-
-  102 expr: expr T_AND . expr
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 122
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 71
-
-   98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL . symbol
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-
-    symbol  go to state 123
-
-
-state 72
-
-   97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL . symbol
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-
-    symbol  go to state 124
-
-
-state 73
-
-   77 help_start: T_HELP . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 125
-
-
-state 74
-
-   82 depends: T_DEPENDS . T_ON expr T_EOL
-   83        | T_DEPENDS . expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_ON          shift, and go to state 126
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 127
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 75
-
-   84 depends: T_REQUIRES . expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 128
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 76
-
-   33 config_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    prompt  go to state 129
-
-
-state 77
-
-   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT . expr if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 130
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 78
-
-   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 131
-    prompt           go to state 132
-
-
-state 79
-
-   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE . expr if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 133
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 80
-
-   28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 134
-    prompt           go to state 132
-
-
-state 81
-
-   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN . expr if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 135
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 82
-
-   32 config_option: T_STRING . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 136
-    prompt           go to state 132
-
-
-state 83
-
-   30 config_option: T_INT . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 137
-    prompt           go to state 132
-
-
-state 84
-
-   31 config_option: T_HEX . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 138
-    prompt           go to state 132
-
-
-state 85
-
-   25 config_option_list: config_option_list T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 25 (config_option_list)
-
-
-state 86
-
-   35 config_option: T_SELECT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-   36              | T_SELECT . T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 139
-    T_NOT   shift, and go to state 140
-
-
-state 87
-
-   37 config_option: T_RANGE . symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-
-    symbol  go to state 141
-
-
-state 88
-
-   22 config_option_list: config_option_list config_option .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 22 (config_option_list)
-
-
-state 89
-
-   78 help: help_start . T_HELPTEXT
-
-    T_HELPTEXT  shift, and go to state 142
-
-
-state 90
-
-   24 config_option_list: config_option_list help .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 24 (config_option_list)
-
-
-state 91
-
-   23 config_option_list: config_option_list depends .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 23 (config_option_list)
-
-
-state 92
-
-   51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 143
-
-
-state 93
-
-   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    prompt  go to state 144
-
-
-state 94
-
-   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 145
-
-
-state 95
-
-   49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 146
-    prompt           go to state 132
-
-
-state 96
-
-   50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 37
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 38
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-    prompt_stmt_opt  go to state 147
-    prompt           go to state 132
-
-
-state 97
-
-   47 choice_option_list: choice_option_list T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 47 (choice_option_list)
-
-
-state 98
-
-   44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list choice_option .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 44 (choice_option_list)
-
-
-state 99
-
-   46 choice_option_list: choice_option_list help .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 46 (choice_option_list)
-
-
-state 100
-
-   45 choice_option_list: choice_option_list depends .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 45 (choice_option_list)
-
-
-state 101
-
-   89 end: T_ENDMENU . nl_or_eof
-
-    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
-
-    nl_or_eof  go to state 148
-
-
-state 102
-
-   90 end: T_ENDCHOICE . nl_or_eof
-
-    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
-
-    nl_or_eof  go to state 149
-
-
-state 103
-
-   91 end: T_ENDIF . nl_or_eof
-
-    T_EOF  shift, and go to state 15
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 16
-
-    nl_or_eof  go to state 150
-
-
-state 104
-
-   54 choice_block: choice_block common_block .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 54 (choice_block)
-
-
-state 105
-
-   41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 41 (choice_stmt)
-
-
-state 106
-
-   40 choice_end: end .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 40 (choice_end)
-
-
-state 107
-
-   60 if_block: if_block common_block .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 60 (if_block)
-
-
-state 108
-
-   62 if_block: if_block choice_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 62 (if_block)
-
-
-state 109
-
-   57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 57 (if_stmt)
-
-
-state 110
-
-   61 if_block: if_block menu_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 61 (if_block)
-
-
-state 111
-
-   56 if_end: end .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 56 (if_end)
-
-
-state 112
-
-   81 depends_list: depends_list T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 81 (depends_list)
-
-
-state 113
-
-   80 depends_list: depends_list depends .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 80 (depends_list)
-
-
-state 114
-
-   72 menu_block: menu_block error . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 151
-
-
-state 115
-
-   69 menu_block: menu_block common_block .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 69 (menu_block)
-
-
-state 116
-
-   71 menu_block: menu_block choice_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 71 (menu_block)
-
-
-state 117
-
-   66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 66 (menu_stmt)
-
-
-state 118
-
-   70 menu_block: menu_block menu_stmt .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 70 (menu_block)
-
-
-state 119
-
-   65 menu_end: end .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 65 (menu_end)
-
-
-state 120
-
-   99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 99 (expr)
-
-
-state 121
-
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  101     | expr T_OR expr .
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 101 (expr)
-
-
-state 122
-
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-  102     | expr T_AND expr .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 102 (expr)
-
-
-state 123
-
-   98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 98 (expr)
-
-
-state 124
-
-   97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL symbol .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 97 (expr)
-
-
-state 125
-
-   77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 77 (help_start)
-
-
-state 126
-
-   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON . expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 152
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 127
-
-   83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr . T_EOL
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 153
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-
-state 128
-
-   84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr . T_EOL
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 154
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-
-state 129
-
-   33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 156
-
-
-state 130
-
-   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr . if_expr T_EOL
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_IF   shift, and go to state 155
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 157
-
-
-state 131
-
-   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 158
-
-
-state 132
-
-   86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt . if_expr
-
-    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 159
-
-
-state 133
-
-   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr . if_expr T_EOL
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_IF   shift, and go to state 155
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 160
-
-
-state 134
-
-   28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 161
-
-
-state 135
-
-   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr . if_expr T_EOL
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_IF   shift, and go to state 155
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 162
-
-
-state 136
-
-   32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 163
-
-
-state 137
-
-   30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 164
-
-
-state 138
-
-   31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 165
-
-
-state 139
-
-   35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 166
-
-
-state 140
-
-   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD  shift, and go to state 167
-
-
-state 141
-
-   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol . symbol if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-
-    symbol  go to state 168
-
-
-state 142
-
-   78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 78 (help)
-
-
-state 143
-
-   51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 51 (choice_option)
-
-
-state 144
-
-   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 169
-
-
-state 145
-
-   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 170
-
-
-state 146
-
-   49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 171
-
-
-state 147
-
-   50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 172
-
-
-state 148
-
-   89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 89 (end)
-
-
-state 149
-
-   90 end: T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 90 (end)
-
-
-state 150
-
-   91 end: T_ENDIF nl_or_eof .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 91 (end)
-
-
-state 151
-
-   72 menu_block: menu_block error T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 72 (menu_block)
-
-
-state 152
-
-   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr . T_EOL
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 173
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-
-state 153
-
-   83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 83 (depends)
-
-
-state 154
-
-   84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 84 (depends)
-
-
-state 155
-
-   95 if_expr: T_IF . expr
-
-    T_WORD        shift, and go to state 46
-    T_WORD_QUOTE  shift, and go to state 47
-    T_OPEN_PAREN  shift, and go to state 48
-    T_NOT         shift, and go to state 49
-
-    expr    go to state 174
-    symbol  go to state 51
-
-
-state 156
-
-   33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 175
-
-
-state 157
-
-   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 176
-
-
-state 158
-
-   26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 26 (config_option)
-
-
-state 159
-
-   86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt if_expr .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 86 (prompt_stmt_opt)
-
-
-state 160
-
-   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 177
-
-
-state 161
-
-   28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 28 (config_option)
-
-
-state 162
-
-   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 178
-
-
-state 163
-
-   32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 32 (config_option)
-
-
-state 164
-
-   30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 30 (config_option)
-
-
-state 165
-
-   31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 31 (config_option)
-
-
-state 166
-
-   35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 179
-
-
-state 167
-
-   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 180
-
-
-state 168
-
-   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol . if_expr T_EOL
-
-    T_IF  shift, and go to state 155
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
-
-    if_expr  go to state 181
-
-
-state 169
-
-   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 182
-
-
-state 170
-
-   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 183
-
-
-state 171
-
-   49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 49 (choice_option)
-
-
-state 172
-
-   50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 50 (choice_option)
-
-
-state 173
-
-   82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 82 (depends)
-
-
-state 174
-
-   95 if_expr: T_IF expr .
-  101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
-  102     | expr . T_AND expr
-
-    T_OR   shift, and go to state 69
-    T_AND  shift, and go to state 70
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 95 (if_expr)
-
-
-state 175
-
-   33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 33 (config_option)
-
-
-state 176
-
-   34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 34 (config_option)
-
-
-state 177
-
-   27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 27 (config_option)
-
-
-state 178
-
-   29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 29 (config_option)
-
-
-state 179
-
-   35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 35 (config_option)
-
-
-state 180
-
-   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 184
-
-
-state 181
-
-   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr . T_EOL
-
-    T_EOL  shift, and go to state 185
-
-
-state 182
-
-   48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 48 (choice_option)
-
-
-state 183
-
-   52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 52 (choice_option)
-
-
-state 184
-
-   36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 36 (config_option)
-
-
-state 185
-
-   37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL .
-
-    $default  reduce using rule 37 (config_option)

+ 0 - 693
config/zconf.y

@@ -1,693 +0,0 @@
-%{
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
- * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
- */
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#define printd(mask, fmt...) if (cdebug & (mask)) printf(fmt)
-
-#define PRINTD		0x0001
-#define DEBUG_PARSE	0x0002
-
-int cdebug = PRINTD;
-
-extern int zconflex(void);
-static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...);
-static void zconferror(const char *err);
-static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken);
-
-struct symbol *symbol_hash[257];
-
-#define YYERROR_VERBOSE
-%}
-%expect 40
-
-%union
-{
-	int token;
-	char *string;
-	struct symbol *symbol;
-	struct expr *expr;
-	struct menu *menu;
-}
-
-%token T_MAINMENU
-%token T_MENU
-%token T_ENDMENU
-%token T_SOURCE
-%token T_CHOICE
-%token T_ENDCHOICE
-%token T_COMMENT
-%token T_CONFIG
-%token T_MENUCONFIG
-%token T_HELP
-%token <string> T_HELPTEXT
-%token T_IF
-%token T_ENDIF
-%token T_DEPENDS
-%token T_REQUIRES
-%token T_OPTIONAL
-%token T_PROMPT
-%token T_DEFAULT
-%token T_TRISTATE
-%token T_DEF_TRISTATE
-%token T_BOOLEAN
-%token T_DEF_BOOLEAN
-%token T_STRING
-%token T_INT
-%token T_HEX
-%token <string> T_WORD
-%token <string> T_WORD_QUOTE
-%token T_UNEQUAL
-%token T_EOF
-%token T_EOL
-%token T_CLOSE_PAREN
-%token T_OPEN_PAREN
-%token T_ON
-%token T_SELECT
-%token T_RANGE
-
-%left T_OR
-%left T_AND
-%left T_EQUAL T_UNEQUAL
-%nonassoc T_NOT
-
-%type <string> prompt
-%type <string> source
-%type <symbol> symbol
-%type <expr> expr
-%type <expr> if_expr
-%type <token> end
-
-%{
-#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
-#include "lkc.h"
-%}
-%%
-input:	  /* empty */
-	| input block
-;
-
-block:	  common_block
-	| choice_stmt
-	| menu_stmt
-	| T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof
-	| T_ENDMENU		{ zconfprint("unexpected 'endmenu' statement"); }
-	| T_ENDIF		{ zconfprint("unexpected 'endif' statement"); }
-	| T_ENDCHOICE		{ zconfprint("unexpected 'endchoice' statement"); }
-	| error nl_or_eof	{ zconfprint("syntax error"); yyerrok; }
-;
-
-common_block:
-	  if_stmt
-	| comment_stmt
-	| config_stmt
-	| menuconfig_stmt
-	| source_stmt
-	| nl_or_eof
-;
-
-
-/* config/menuconfig entry */
-
-config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
-{
-	struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0);
-	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
-	menu_add_entry(sym);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:config %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
-};
-
-config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list
-{
-	menu_end_entry();
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
-{
-	struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0);
-	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
-	menu_add_entry(sym);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menuconfig %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
-};
-
-menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list
-{
-	if (current_entry->prompt)
-		current_entry->prompt->type = P_MENU;
-	else
-		zconfprint("warning: menuconfig statement without prompt");
-	menu_end_entry();
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option_list:
-	  /* empty */
-	| config_option_list config_option
-	| config_option_list depends
-	| config_option_list help
-	| config_option_list T_EOL
-;
-
-config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
-	menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
-	menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_set_type(S_INT);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:int\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_set_type(S_HEX);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:hex\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_set_type(S_STRING);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:string\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_symbol(P_SELECT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:select\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_symbol(P_SELECTNOT, sym_lookup($3, 0), $4);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:selectnot\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_expr(P_RANGE, expr_alloc_comp(E_RANGE,$2, $3), $4);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:range\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-/* choice entry */
-
-choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL
-{
-	struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup(NULL, 0);
-	sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICE;
-	menu_add_entry(sym);
-	menu_add_expr(P_CHOICE, NULL, NULL);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:choice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-choice_entry: choice choice_option_list
-{
-	menu_end_entry();
-	menu_add_menu();
-};
-
-choice_end: end
-{
-	if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_CHOICE, T_ENDCHOICE)) {
-		menu_end_menu();
-		printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endchoice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-	}
-};
-
-choice_stmt:
-	  choice_entry choice_block choice_end
-	| choice_entry choice_block
-{
-	printf("%s:%d: missing 'endchoice' for this 'choice' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
-	zconfnerrs++;
-};
-
-choice_option_list:
-	  /* empty */
-	| choice_option_list choice_option
-	| choice_option_list depends
-	| choice_option_list help
-	| choice_option_list T_EOL
-;
-
-choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL
-{
-	current_entry->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:optional\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_symbol(P_DEFAULT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-choice_block:
-	  /* empty */
-	| choice_block common_block
-;
-
-/* if entry */
-
-if: T_IF expr T_EOL
-{
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:if\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-	menu_add_entry(NULL);
-	menu_add_dep($2);
-	menu_end_entry();
-	menu_add_menu();
-};
-
-if_end: end
-{
-	if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_IF, T_ENDIF)) {
-		menu_end_menu();
-		printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endif\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-	}
-};
-
-if_stmt:
-	  if if_block if_end
-	| if if_block
-{
-	printf("%s:%d: missing 'endif' for this 'if' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
-	zconfnerrs++;
-};
-
-if_block:
-	  /* empty */
-	| if_block common_block
-	| if_block menu_stmt
-	| if_block choice_stmt
-;
-
-/* menu entry */
-
-menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_entry(NULL);
-	menu_add_prop(P_MENU, $2, NULL, NULL);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-menu_entry: menu depends_list
-{
-	menu_end_entry();
-	menu_add_menu();
-};
-
-menu_end: end
-{
-	if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_MENU, T_ENDMENU)) {
-		menu_end_menu();
-		printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endmenu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-	}
-};
-
-menu_stmt:
-	  menu_entry menu_block menu_end
-	| menu_entry menu_block
-{
-	printf("%s:%d: missing 'endmenu' for this 'menu' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
-	zconfnerrs++;
-};
-
-menu_block:
-	  /* empty */
-	| menu_block common_block
-	| menu_block menu_stmt
-	| menu_block choice_stmt
-	| menu_block error T_EOL		{ zconfprint("invalid menu option"); yyerrok; }
-;
-
-source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL
-{
-	$$ = $2;
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:source %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
-};
-
-source_stmt: source
-{
-	zconf_nextfile($1);
-};
-
-/* comment entry */
-
-comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_entry(NULL);
-	menu_add_prop(P_COMMENT, $2, NULL, NULL);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:comment\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-comment_stmt: comment depends_list
-{
-	menu_end_entry();
-};
-
-/* help option */
-
-help_start: T_HELP T_EOL
-{
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:help\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-	zconf_starthelp();
-};
-
-help: help_start T_HELPTEXT
-{
-	current_entry->sym->help = $2;
-};
-
-/* depends option */
-
-depends_list:	  /* empty */
-		| depends_list depends
-		| depends_list T_EOL
-;
-
-depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_dep($3);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends on\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-}
-	| T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_dep($2);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-}
-	| T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL
-{
-	menu_add_dep($2);
-	printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:requires\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
-};
-
-/* prompt statement */
-
-prompt_stmt_opt:
-	  /* empty */
-	| prompt if_expr
-{
-	menu_add_prop(P_PROMPT, $1, NULL, $2);
-};
-
-prompt:	  T_WORD
-	| T_WORD_QUOTE
-;
-
-end:	  T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof	{ $$ = T_ENDMENU; }
-	| T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof	{ $$ = T_ENDCHOICE; }
-	| T_ENDIF nl_or_eof	{ $$ = T_ENDIF; }
-;
-
-nl_or_eof:
-	T_EOL | T_EOF;
-
-if_expr:  /* empty */			{ $$ = NULL; }
-	| T_IF expr			{ $$ = $2; }
-;
-
-expr:	  symbol				{ $$ = expr_alloc_symbol($1); }
-	| symbol T_EQUAL symbol			{ $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, $1, $3); }
-	| symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol		{ $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, $1, $3); }
-	| T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN	{ $$ = $2; }
-	| T_NOT expr				{ $$ = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, $2); }
-	| expr T_OR expr			{ $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, $1, $3); }
-	| expr T_AND expr			{ $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, $1, $3); }
-;
-
-symbol:	  T_WORD	{ $$ = sym_lookup($1, 0); free($1); }
-	| T_WORD_QUOTE	{ $$ = sym_lookup($1, 1); free($1); }
-;
-
-%%
-
-void conf_parse(const char *name)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	int i;
-
-	zconf_initscan(name);
-
-	sym_init();
-	menu_init();
-	modules_sym = sym_lookup("MODULES", 0);
-	rootmenu.prompt = menu_add_prop(P_MENU, "OpenADK Configuration", NULL, NULL);
-
-	//zconfdebug = 1;
-	zconfparse();
-	if (zconfnerrs)
-		exit(1);
-	menu_finalize(&rootmenu);
-	for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
-                if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECKED) && sym_check_deps(sym))
-                        printf("\n");
-		else
-			sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE;
-        }
-
-	sym_change_count = 1;
-}
-
-const char *zconf_tokenname(int token)
-{
-	switch (token) {
-	case T_MENU:		return "menu";
-	case T_ENDMENU:		return "endmenu";
-	case T_CHOICE:		return "choice";
-	case T_ENDCHOICE:	return "endchoice";
-	case T_IF:		return "if";
-	case T_ENDIF:		return "endif";
-	}
-	return "<token>";
-}
-
-static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken)
-{
-	if (token != endtoken) {
-		zconfprint("unexpected '%s' within %s block", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
-		zconfnerrs++;
-		return false;
-	}
-	if (current_menu->file != current_file) {
-		zconfprint("'%s' in different file than '%s'", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
-		zconfprint("location of the '%s'", zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
-		zconfnerrs++;
-		return false;
-	}
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: ", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1);
-	va_start(ap, err);
-	vfprintf(stderr, err, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-}
-
-static void zconferror(const char *err)
-{
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1, err);
-}
-
-void print_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *str)
-{
-	const char *p;
-	int len;
-
-	putc('"', out);
-	while ((p = strchr(str, '"'))) {
-		len = p - str;
-		if (len)
-			fprintf(out, "%.*s", len, str);
-		fputs("\\\"", out);
-		str = p + 1;
-	}
-	fputs(str, out);
-	putc('"', out);
-}
-
-void print_symbol(FILE *out, struct menu *menu)
-{
-	struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
-	struct property *prop;
-
-	if (sym_is_choice(sym))
-		fprintf(out, "choice\n");
-	else
-		fprintf(out, "config %s\n", sym->name);
-	switch (sym->type) {
-	case S_BOOLEAN:
-		fputs("  boolean\n", out);
-		break;
-	case S_TRISTATE:
-		fputs("  tristate\n", out);
-		break;
-	case S_STRING:
-		fputs("  string\n", out);
-		break;
-	case S_INT:
-		fputs("  integer\n", out);
-		break;
-	case S_HEX:
-		fputs("  hex\n", out);
-		break;
-	default:
-		fputs("  ???\n", out);
-		break;
-	}
-	for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
-		if (prop->menu != menu)
-			continue;
-		switch (prop->type) {
-		case P_PROMPT:
-			fputs("  prompt ", out);
-			print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
-			if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
-				fputs(" if ", out);
-				expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
-			}
-			fputc('\n', out);
-			break;
-		case P_DEFAULT:
-			fputs( "  default ", out);
-			expr_fprint(prop->expr, out);
-			if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
-				fputs(" if ", out);
-				expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
-			}
-			fputc('\n', out);
-			break;
-		case P_CHOICE:
-			fputs("  #choice value\n", out);
-			break;
-		default:
-			fprintf(out, "  unknown prop %d!\n", prop->type);
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	if (sym->help) {
-		int len = strlen(sym->help);
-		while (sym->help[--len] == '\n')
-			sym->help[len] = 0;
-		fprintf(out, "  help\n%s\n", sym->help);
-	}
-	fputc('\n', out);
-}
-
-void zconfdump(FILE *out)
-{
-	struct property *prop;
-	struct symbol *sym;
-	struct menu *menu;
-
-	menu = rootmenu.list;
-	while (menu) {
-		if ((sym = menu->sym))
-			print_symbol(out, menu);
-		else if ((prop = menu->prompt)) {
-			switch (prop->type) {
-			case P_COMMENT:
-				fputs("\ncomment ", out);
-				print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
-				fputs("\n", out);
-				break;
-			case P_MENU:
-				fputs("\nmenu ", out);
-				print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
-				fputs("\n", out);
-				break;
-			default:
-				;
-			}
-			if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
-				fputs("  depends ", out);
-				expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
-				fputc('\n', out);
-			}
-			fputs("\n", out);
-		}
-
-		if (menu->list)
-			menu = menu->list;
-		else if (menu->next)
-			menu = menu->next;
-		else while ((menu = menu->parent)) {
-			if (menu->prompt && menu->prompt->type == P_MENU)
-				fputs("\nendmenu\n", out);
-			if (menu->next) {
-				menu = menu->next;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-#include "lex.zconf.c"
-#include "confdata.c"
-#include "expr.c"
-#include "symbol.c"
-#include "menu.c"